diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'po')
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/preparing.po | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/using-d-i.po | 530 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/preparing.po | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/using-d-i.po | 554 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/preparing.pot | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/using-d-i.pot | 474 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/preparing.po | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/using-d-i.po | 530 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/preparing.po | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/using-d-i.po | 530 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/preparing.po | 2759 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/using-d-i.po | 3251 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi/preparing.po | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi/using-d-i.po | 530 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/preparing.po | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po | 530 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_TW/preparing.po | 498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po | 528 |
18 files changed, 8995 insertions, 5205 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/preparing.po b/po/el/preparing.po index 713c535da..04467c61e 100644 --- a/po/el/preparing.po +++ b/po/el/preparing.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-03 00:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -652,147 +652,147 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "Η σειρά τους στο σύστημα." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "Είναι IDE ή SCSI ; (οι περισσότεροι υπολογιστές έχουν IDE)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "" "Αν είναι IDE ή SCSI (οι περισσότεροι υπολογιστές m68k έχουν δίσκους SCSI)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "Διαθέσιμος ελεύθερος χώρος." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "Τμήματα δίσκου." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" "Τμήματα δίσκου όπου βρίσκονται εγκατεστημένα άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Οθόνη" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "Μοντέλο και κατασκευαστής." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "Υποστηριζόμενες αναλύσεις." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "Ρυθμός οριζόντιας ανανέωσης." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "Ρυθμός κάθετης ανανέωσης." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "Βάθος χρώματος (αριθμός χρωμάτων) που υποστηρίζει." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "Μέγεθος οθόνης." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Ποντίκι" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "Τύπος: σειριακό, PS/2, ή USB." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "Θύρα." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "Κατασκευαστής." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "Αριθμός κουμπιών." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "Δίκτυο" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "Τύπος υποδοχέα." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "Εκτυπωτής" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "Υποστηριζόμενες Αναλύσεις Εκτύπωσης." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "Κάρτα Οθόνης" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "Διαθέσιμη Μνήμη κάρτας οθόνης." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -802,37 +802,37 @@ msgstr "" "ελεγχθούν ως προς τις δυνατότητες της οθόνης σας)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "Αριθμός συσκευών." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "Αριθμός συσκευών." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "Σχετικός αριθμός υποδοχέα για κάρτες OSA." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "Συμβατότητα Υλικού" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" "απαιτεί την μια ενεργή έκδοση των Windows για να δουλέψει." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ msgstr "" "γρήγορα να είναι ξεπερασμένοι." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -881,20 +881,20 @@ msgstr "" "Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε την συμβατότητα του υλικού σας:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "" "Ελέγχοντας τους δικτυακούς τόπους των κατασκευαστών για καινούριους οδηγούς." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιούν τους οδηγούς ή τις ρυθμίσεις περισσότερο επώνυμων." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -915,19 +915,19 @@ msgstr "" "τόπους αφιερωμένους στην αρχιτεκτονική σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "Ψάχνοντας στο διαδίκτυο για εμπειρίες άλλων χρηστών." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -940,32 +940,32 @@ msgstr "" "πληροφορία." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "" "Το όνομα του συστήματός σας (πιθανόν να μπορείτε να το διαλέξετε οι ίδιοι)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "Το όνομα του τομέα του δικτύου σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "Η διεύθυνση IP του υπολογιστή σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "Η μάσκα δικτύου που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί στο δίκτυο σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" "τέτοια πύλη." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Domain Name Server)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -1000,31 +1000,31 @@ msgstr "" "τη διάρκεια της διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε ασύρματο δίκτυο, θα πρέπει επίσης να βρείτε:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "το όνομα (ESSID) του ασύρματου δικτύου σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "Το κλειδί ασφαλείας WEP (αν χρειάζεται)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Ικανοποίηση των ελάχιστων απαιτήσεων Υλικού" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" "της εγκατάστασης που θέλετε να κάνετε." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "" "περισσότεροι χρήστες θα διακινδυνέψουν να απογοητευτούν αν τις αγνοήσουν." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα γραφείου και ένα σύστημα Pentium II 300 αντίστοιχα για έναν Server." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "τον αναγραφόμενο." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -1080,85 +1080,85 @@ msgstr "" "προτείνεται." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "Προτεινόμενες ελάχιστες απαιτήσεις του συστήματος" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "Τύπος Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>RAM</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "Σκληρός Δίσκος" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "Χωρίς Γραφείο" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "Με Γραφείο" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 gigabyte " #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "Server " #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 gigabytes " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1170,13 +1170,13 @@ msgstr "" "ομάδες προγραμμάτων κοιτώντας στο <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "Συνηθισμένος server" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1191,13 +1191,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποιαδήποτε δεδομένα θα σερβίρετε." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Γραφείου" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1210,13 +1210,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να τα καταφέρετε και σε σημαντικά λιγότερο χώρο." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "Τερματικό εργασίας" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1228,13 +1228,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι περίπου 140 MB." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "Για προγραμματισμό-ανάπτυξη" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "περίπου 800 MB για αυτόν τον τύπο μηχανήματος." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1274,13 +1274,13 @@ msgstr "" "Συνήθως θα πρέπει να δώσετε τουλάχιστον 100 MB στο <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "Προκατάτμηση για Συστήματα με εκκίνηση πολλαπλών λειτουργικών" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπόλοιπα δωμάτια." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" "φιλοξενούμενο σύστημα VM." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "ένα τμήμα δίσκου αφιερωμένη ειδικά στο ριζικό σύστημα του Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρόπο να δείτε τις υπάρχουσες κατατμήσεις χωρίς να κάνετε κάποιες αλλαγές." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1374,13 +1374,13 @@ msgstr "" "καταστρέψετε." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΕ ΜΕ: γράψε για δίσκους σε HP-UX?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστάτης μπορεί να το κάνει αυτό πολύ καλά." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "ταινίες ή CD του αρχικού λειτουργικού συστήματος." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "σας υποχρεώσουν να κάνετε έτσι κι αλλιώς τη διαμέριση πριν την εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "θέλετε να διατηρήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "να σας ενθαρρύνουν να επαναδιαμορφώσετε κάποιες μη-φυσικές κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "" "από πολλά προβλήματα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "να την αντικαταστήσετε με κατατμήσεις Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1543,13 +1543,13 @@ msgstr "" "το αρχικό λειτουργικό σύστημα και το Debian, θα πρέπει να:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "Κάνετε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για ο,τιδήποτε υπάρχει στον υπολογιστή σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξαναγκάσετε το CD να γίνει το ενεργό MacOS σύστημα.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "" "απλά ελεύθερο χώρο για το &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "" @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ msgstr "" "που του αντιστοιχεί." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενταξει και για να κατεβάσετε τα αρχεία εκκίνησης του Debian installer." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "" @@ -1600,13 +1600,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Κατάτμηση σε Tru64 UNIX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" "UNIX θα εμφανιστεί το πιο πιθανόν σαν <filename>sda5</filename> στο Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" "την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαφορετικά θα καταστρέψετε τα δεδομένα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "" "με την εντολή <command>swapon -a</command>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1711,13 +1711,13 @@ msgstr "" "μόνο τον πρώτο." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Κατάτμηση σε Windows NT" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "" "των δίσκων." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1763,13 +1763,13 @@ msgstr "" "μέσο, το Debian μπορεί ακόμα να εκκινηθεί από τηην κονσόλα ARC." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "Κατάτμηση από DOS ή Windows" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "να κάνουν την ίδια δουλειά καλλίτερα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1805,13 +1805,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορεί να απαιτήσει την μετακίνηση μιας υπάρχουσας κατάτμησης FAT ή NTFS." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "Επανακατάτμηση χωρίς απώλειες όταν ξεκινάτε από DOS, Win-32 ή OS/2" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" "που περιγράφεται αμέσως παρακάτω." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap ή για ένα σύστημα αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε από την κατάτμηση αυτή." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ msgstr "" "τεκμηρίωση <emphasis>πριν</emphasis> τον κάνετε defragment." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "" "μεταγενέστερα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" "οδηγίες." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1948,13 +1948,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε περίπτωση που το <command>fips</command> δεν κάνει τη δουλειά για σας." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "Κατάτμηση για DOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" "σφάλματα στο DOS ή στα Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1985,19 +1985,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>format</command> κι ενώ είστε στο Linux:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4 " #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "Κατάτμηση σε AmigaOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -2008,13 +2008,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεις πριν την εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Κατάτμηση σε Atari TOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκο μη προσβάσιμο." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>SCSITool</command> (από την εταιρεία Hard+Soft GmBH)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογή <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr "" "καλίτερη." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr "" "κουμπί <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"device-names\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" "να σώστε όλα σας τα δεδομένα στο δίσκο, έτσι δεν είναι:!)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -2174,13 +2174,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτόν που ταιριάζει σε σας." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "Κατάτμηση σε MacOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -2219,13 +2219,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαθέσιμο από τον FTP server του MkLinux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "Κατάτμηση από SunOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2250,13 +2250,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs και iso9660 (CDROM)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Κατάτμηση από Linux ή άλλο Λειτουργικό Σύστημα" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "" "αντιμετωπίσετε προβλήματα με τηνγεωμετρία του δίσκου." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2297,13 +2297,13 @@ msgstr "" "τους δείτε και το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "Κατάτμηση από MacOS/OSX " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ msgstr "" "φαίνονται στο <application>Drive Setup</application>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ msgstr "" "από τον εγκαταστάτη του &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr "" "είτε από το OS 9 είτε το OS X." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2382,14 +2382,14 @@ msgstr "" "από το Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "" "Ρύθμιση του Υλικού και του Λειτουργικού συστήματος πριν την εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2410,13 +2410,13 @@ msgstr "" "του &debian; στο σύστημά σας επίσης τονίζονται." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "Κλήση του BIOS Set-Up Menu" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" "απρόβλεπτες διακοπές ή σε μια αδυναμία εγκατάστασης του Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2448,13 +2448,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote>) εξαρτάται από το ποιός έγραψε το λογισμικό του BIOS:" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "" @@ -2462,13 +2462,13 @@ msgstr "" "test) " #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2478,25 +2478,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo>, ή <keycap>Delete</keycap> στη διάρκεια του POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "πλήκτρο <keycap>Esc</keycap> στη διάρκεια του POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2508,13 +2508,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2553,13 +2553,13 @@ msgstr "" "Προσπαθείστε να κοιτάξετε το <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή συσκευής εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ msgstr "" "του Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "ελεγκτή σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " @@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@ msgstr "" "από τη συσκευή USB." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2624,13 +2624,13 @@ msgstr "" "τον σκληρό δίσκο." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "Αλλαγή της σειράς εκκίνησης σε υπολογιστές με IDE" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr "" "υλικού σας για τον ακριβή συνδυασμό πλήκτρων." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2654,20 +2654,20 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "" "Συνηθισμένες ακολουθίες σε μηχανήματα IDE είναι οι C, A, cdrom ή A, C, cdrom." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C είναι ο σκληρός δίσκος και A η συσκευή δισκέττας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2679,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>Page Down</keycap> δίνουν κυκλικά τις διάφορες πιθανές επιλογές." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2689,13 +2689,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγές στον υπολογιστή σας." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "Αλλαγή σειράς εκκίνησης σε υπολογιστές με SCSI" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρόγραμμα ρύθμισης του SCSI." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2728,13 +2728,13 @@ msgstr "" "τον ακριβή συνδυασμό." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "Βρείτε το βοήθημα για την αλλαγή της σειράς εκκίνησης." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." @@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ρυθμίστε ώστε η συσκευή με το SCSI ID του CD-ROM να είναι πρώτη στη λίστα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2753,19 +2753,19 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "Διάφορες άλλες ρυθμίσεις στο BIOS" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις για το CD-ROM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2780,13 +2780,13 @@ msgstr "" "προβλήματος." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "Εκτεταμένη εναντίον Επεκταμένης Μνήμης" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2801,13 +2801,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσει expanded μνήμη." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "Προστασία από Ιούς" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2833,13 +2833,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά την ρύθμιση του φορτωτή εκκίνησης.</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "Σκιώδης Μνήμη" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2865,13 +2865,13 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργήσει παρεμβολές στην πρόσβαση του Linux στις συσκευές του υλικού σας." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "Οπή Μνήμης" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ msgstr "" "μνήμη στη θέση αυτή αν έχετε αρκετή RAM." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2904,13 +2904,13 @@ msgstr "" "δούλευε με τη ρύθμιση αυτή ενώ χωρίς αυτήν όχι." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "Προχωρημένη Διαχείριση Ισχύος (APM)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2927,14 +2927,14 @@ msgstr "" "καλλίτερη δουλειά στη διαχείριση ισχύος από το BIOS." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "" "Αναθεωρήσεις του Firmware και ρύθμιση του υπάρχοντος λειτουργικού συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2959,13 +2959,13 @@ msgstr "" "χωρίς επιβάρυνση." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "Επίκληση του OpenFirmware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr "" "μηχάνημά σας." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -3001,7 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "" "περισσότερες υποδείξεις." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -3027,7 +3027,7 @@ msgstr "" "με το OpenFirmware." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -3049,13 +3049,13 @@ msgstr "" "επιλέξτε το κουμπί Save για την εφαρμογή των patches στην nvram." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "Κλήση του OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -3071,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρκετά πράγματα με το μηχάνημά σας όπως διαγνωστικά, απλά scripts κλπ." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ msgstr "" "νεώτερου τύπου." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -3108,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιείτε κάποιο διαφορετικό πρόγραμμα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ msgstr "" "openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " @@ -3172,7 +3172,7 @@ msgstr "" "το <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -3203,19 +3203,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> και στο Solaris:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1 " #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" "based και όχι character-based." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -3260,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr "" "δυνατότητα είναι διαθέσιμες." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -3286,13 +3286,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης που αφορούν ειδικά το Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "Φυσικές εγκαταστάσεις και εγκαταστάσεις σε LPAR " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3309,13 +3309,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση σαν VM guest" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "" "για να τρέξετε Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -3346,13 +3346,13 @@ msgstr "" "εκτελέσιμη μορφή με ένα προκαθορισμένο μήκος 80 χαρακτήρων." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "Ρύθμιση ενός server εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgstr "" "HTTP ή FTP." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3382,20 +3382,20 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης σε ένα τέτοιο δέντρο καταλόγων." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "" "ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΕ ΜΕ: χρειάζονται περισσότερες πληροφορίες — από ένα Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "Ζητήματα που θα πρέπει να προσέξετε για το υλικό" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3416,7 +3416,7 @@ msgstr "" "συχνότητα της CPU πίσω στην κανονική της τιμή έλυσε το πρόβλημα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3436,7 +3436,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>gcc</command> από ένα απρόσμενο σήμα." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιγραφή. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3474,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "την μνήμη. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3486,13 +3486,13 @@ msgstr "" "διακοπή από την μητρική σε σφάλματα parity μνήμης." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "Tο κουμπί Turbo" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3513,13 +3513,13 @@ msgstr "" "του κουμπιού turbo." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix CPU και Σφάλματα Δισκέττας" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3536,7 +3536,7 @@ msgstr "" "με την cache απενεργοποιημένη." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3551,13 +3551,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγή από 16-μπιτο σε 32-μπιτο κώδικα." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις περιφερειακών" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr "" "είναι να παρέξει κάποιες χρήσιμες υποδείξεις." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3587,13 +3587,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημά σας." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "Υποστήριξη USB στο BIOS και πληκτρολόγια" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3615,13 +3615,13 @@ msgstr "" "keyboard support</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "Περισσότερη μνήμη από 64 MB" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3631,13 +3631,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβαίνει αυτό κοιτάξτε στην ενότητα <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 4d4f69534..13cad760e 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1313,13 +1313,25 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " -"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " -"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " -"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " -"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " -"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " -"will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Εάν επιλέξετε την καθοδηγούμενη διαμέριση, θα είστε σε θέση να επιλέξετε " "ανάμεσα σε σχήματα διαμέρισης τα οποία απαριθμούνται στον παρακάτω πίνακα. " @@ -1331,73 +1343,73 @@ msgstr "" "σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει. " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "Σταθμός εργασίας (Desktop)" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "Πολυχρηστικός σταθμός εργασίας" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1407,13 +1419,22 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " -"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " -"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " -"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" "Εάν επιλέξετε αυτόματη διαμέριση στο σύστημά σας ΙΑ64 , θα υπάρξει μια " "επιπλέον κατάτμηση για τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης EFI, διαμορφωμένο ως εκκινήσιμο " @@ -1421,10 +1442,10 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την χειροκίνητη δημιουργία μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" @@ -1433,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθεί από τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1445,29 +1466,31 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " "into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " "line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " -"system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "Η λίστα των κατατμήσεων μπορεί να μοιάζει κάπως έτσι: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1494,16 +1517,19 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχει)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " -"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Εδώ ολοκληρώνεται η καθοδηγούμενη διαμέριση. Εάν είστε ικανοποιημένοι με τον " "δημιουργημένο πίνακα διαμέρισης, τότε για να υλοποιηθεί ο νέος πίνακας " @@ -1516,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "την χειροκίνητη διαμέριση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1532,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1547,8 +1573,8 @@ msgstr "" "τίτλο <quote>ΕΛΕΎΘΕΡΟΣ ΧΏΡΟΣ</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " "You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " @@ -1562,7 +1588,7 @@ msgid "" "or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Εάν επιλέξετε κάποιο ελεύθερο χώρο, θα σας προταθεί να δημιουργήσετε νέο " "τμήμα. Θα πρέπει να απαντήσετε σε μια γρήγορη σειρά ερωτήσεων σχετικά με το " @@ -1582,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1605,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap. Αυτό το μενού σας επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε ένα τμήμα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1622,10 +1648,10 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." msgstr "" @@ -1634,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το δημιουργήσετε. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1651,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1666,13 +1692,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1689,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1710,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "" "διάφορους φυσικούς δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1732,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1761,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργήσετε λογικούς τόμους στην αρχή των ομάδων τομών." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1774,13 +1800,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να τους διαχειριστείτε με τον ίδιο τρόπο)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μονάδων Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (Λογισμικό RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1802,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>λογισμικό RAID</firstterm> μετά την διασημότερη παραλλαγή της)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1818,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1903,55 +1929,55 @@ msgstr "" "Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Η βλάβη δίσκου ξεπεράστηκε;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1959,43 +1985,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2005,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -2016,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2033,7 +2059,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2051,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "" "με χειροκίνητη εκτέλεση κάποιων βημάτων ρύθμισης ή εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2070,7 +2096,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο μονάδας MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2082,7 +2108,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2103,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το λάθος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2114,7 +2140,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2133,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήμα μεγέθους 100 GB για <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2148,13 +2174,13 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2164,13 +2190,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθούν για την ρύθμιση του συστήματος που πρόκειται να εγκατασταθεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Χρονικής Ζώνης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2184,13 +2210,13 @@ msgstr "" "ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει ότι ισχύει αυτή η χρονική ζώνη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2205,7 +2231,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2225,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2235,19 +2261,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr " " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2263,7 +2289,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2280,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2293,13 +2319,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2314,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2337,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2351,7 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2361,13 +2387,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2382,13 +2408,13 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2405,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2417,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση γίνεται σε μια σειριακή κονσόλα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2432,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2455,13 +2481,13 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος αν έχετε έναν αργό υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2497,7 +2523,7 @@ msgstr "" "ωραίο interface.για τον χρήστη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2515,13 +2541,13 @@ msgstr "" "και να το διορθώσετε όπως επιθυμείτε μετά την ολοκήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2539,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2577,7 +2603,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2588,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που έχετε διαλέξει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2599,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2614,7 +2640,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\" αυτά σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2630,13 +2656,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτής." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Πράκτορα Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2653,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εύκολο στην εκμάθηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2669,7 +2695,7 @@ msgstr "" "σημαντικές πληροφορίες μέσω του ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2680,13 +2706,13 @@ msgstr "" "στις δικές σας ανάγκες:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Διαδικτυακός τόπος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2701,13 +2727,13 @@ msgstr "" "μεταβιβάζετε αλληλογραφία." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "αλληλογραφία που αποστέλλεται μέσω smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2726,13 +2752,13 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογή αυτή είναι κατάλληλη για χρήστες dial-up." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "Μόνο τοπική παράδοση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2751,13 +2777,13 @@ msgstr "" "βολική για νέους χρήστες καθώς δεν συνοδεύεται από άλλες επιπλέον ερωτήσεις." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "όχι ρύθμιση αυτή τη φορά" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2772,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματός σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2788,13 +2814,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2809,7 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" "Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2826,13 +2852,13 @@ msgstr "" "οδηγίες χρήσης του φορτωτή σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2849,7 +2875,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2867,13 +2893,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2896,13 +2922,13 @@ msgstr "" "το GNU/Linux από δισκέτα. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2919,20 +2945,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2944,7 +2970,7 @@ msgstr "" "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2957,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2968,14 +2994,14 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης θέλετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2993,7 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3008,7 +3034,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3018,13 +3044,13 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3034,13 +3060,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3052,13 +3078,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3077,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3096,14 +3122,14 @@ msgstr "" "παρακαλούμε να διαβάσετε το <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3133,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" "συντελεστεί στην πραγματικότητα η φόρτωση και εκκίνηση του πυρήνα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3151,13 +3177,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3177,13 +3203,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης, διαγράφοντας τα πάντα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3214,13 +3240,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3232,13 +3258,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3252,13 +3278,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3273,13 +3299,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3292,13 +3318,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3312,13 +3338,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3363,13 +3389,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3379,13 +3405,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3395,13 +3421,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3411,13 +3437,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3427,13 +3453,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3463,13 +3489,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3480,13 +3506,13 @@ msgstr "" "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> " #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3495,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>DELO </command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3505,13 +3531,13 @@ msgstr "" "delo.conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3521,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3532,19 +3558,19 @@ msgstr "" "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3565,13 +3591,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3586,13 +3612,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3609,14 +3635,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3650,13 +3676,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3676,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3699,13 +3725,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3716,13 +3742,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3737,7 +3763,7 @@ msgstr "" "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3753,13 +3779,13 @@ msgstr "" "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3771,13 +3797,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3790,7 +3816,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3807,13 +3833,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3837,7 +3863,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο κελύφους Bourne ονομαζόμενο <command>ash</command>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3856,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "" "και το ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3878,13 +3904,13 @@ msgstr "" "κέλυφος, πληκτρολογήστε <command>exit</command>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3903,7 +3929,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3928,7 +3954,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3938,7 +3964,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3962,7 +3988,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3974,7 +4000,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4008,7 +4034,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4027,7 +4053,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4048,7 +4074,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4065,7 +4091,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4074,3 +4100,9 @@ msgstr "" "Αν επίσης εκτελείτε την σύνοδο SSH από ένα τερματικό X, δεν θα πρέπει να " "αλλάξετε το μέγεθος του παραθύρου γιατί αυτό θα έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα τον " "τερματισμό της σύνδεσης." + +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "Σταθμός εργασίας (Desktop)" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "Πολυχρηστικός σταθμός εργασίας" diff --git a/po/ko/preparing.po b/po/ko/preparing.po index e8158831e..971868b9a 100644 --- a/po/ko/preparing.po +++ b/po/ko/preparing.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 10:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -606,145 +606,145 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "시스템에 붙어 있는 순서." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "IDE인지 SCSI인지 (대부분의 컴퓨터는 IDE입니다)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "IDE인지 SCSI인지 (대부분의 m69k 컴퓨터는 SCSI입니다)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "사용 가능한 빈 공간." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "파티션." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "다른 운영 체제가 설치되어 있는 파티션." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "모니터" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "모델 및 제조사." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "지원하는 해상도." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "가로 출력 주파수." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "세로 출력 주파수." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "지원하는 색상수." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "화면 크기." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "마우스" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "종류: 시리얼, PS/2, 혹은 USB." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "포트." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "제조사." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "단추 개수." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "네트워크" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "어댑터 종류." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "프린터" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "지원하는 인쇄 해상도." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "비디오 카드" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "비디오 RAM 크기." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -752,37 +752,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "지원하는 해상도 및 색상수 (모니터에서도 지원하는 지 확인해야 합니다)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "장치 번호." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "장치 번호." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "OSA 카드의 상대 어댑터 번호." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "하드웨어 호환성" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "다양한 종류의 하드웨어에서 동작하지는 못합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" "특히 Windows가 있어야 동작하는 하드웨어는 리눅스에서 이용하지 못합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 수 없게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -827,19 +827,19 @@ msgstr "" "도 윈도우 전용이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "다음 방법으로 하드웨어 호환성을 알아볼 수 있습니다:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "제조사의 웹사이트에서 새 드라이버 확인하기." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 더 많이 알려진 제품의 드라이버와 설정들을 그대로 사용하기도 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -857,19 +857,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "해당 아키텍처에 관한 웹사이트에서 리눅스 하드웨어 호환성 목록 확인." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "인터넷에서 다른 사용자의 사용담 검색해 보기." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "네트워크 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -881,31 +881,31 @@ msgstr "" "합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "호스트 이름 (직접 결정할 수도 있습니다)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "도메인 이름." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "컴퓨터의 IP 주소." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "네트워크에 사용할 네트마스크." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 경우</emphasis>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "네트워크에서 DNS (Domain Name Service) 서버로 사용할 시스템." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -936,31 +936,31 @@ msgstr "" "려줍니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "무선 네트워크를 사용한다면, 다음도 알아봐야 합니다:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "무선 네트워크의 ESSID." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "WEP 보안 키 (보안 키를 사용하는 경우)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "최소 하드웨어 요구사항 맞추기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "서 설치할 수 있는 지 확인하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 짜증나는 문제를 겪게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "데스크탑은 최소 Pentium 100, 서버는 최소 Pentium II-300을 추천합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" "간 더 적은 드라이브 공간으로 설치할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -1011,85 +1011,85 @@ msgstr "" "쓰려면 최소 132 Mhz 기계를 추천합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "추천하는 최소 시스템 요구사항" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "설치 종류" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>RAM</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "하드 드라이브" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "데스크탑 없음" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24메가바이트" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450메가바이트" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "데스크탑 포함" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64메가바이트" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1기가바이트" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "서버" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128메가바이트" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4기가바이트" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1101,13 +1101,13 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "표준 서버" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1121,13 +1121,13 @@ msgstr "" "간이 더 필요합니다." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "데스크탑" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1139,13 +1139,13 @@ msgstr "" "만, 그보다 적은 용량으로도 가능합니다." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "작업용 콘솔" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1156,13 +1156,13 @@ msgstr "" "트북이나 휴대용 컴퓨터에도 적합합니다. 크기는 약 140MB입니다." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "개발자" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "약 800MB를 확보해 놓아야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1198,13 +1198,13 @@ msgstr "" "를 확보해 놓아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "멀티 부팅 시스템에서 미리 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr "" "떤 방에 가구를 놓는다고 해서 다른 방에 영향을 끼치지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr "" "이나 VM guest를 말합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "" "안 루트에 사용할 전용 파티션이 하나 있어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "" "꾸지 않고도 현재 파티션을 보기만 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1289,13 +1289,13 @@ msgstr "" "아야 가구가 망가지지 않을 겁니다." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업을 훌륭하게 처리합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "지고 있는 게 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션에서 기존 파티션의 순서때문에 설치 전에 파티션해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" "아닌 파티션을 다시 포맷하라고 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "저 설치하면 이런 문제가 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr "" "도구를 이용해 그 위치에 리눅스 파티션을 만들 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1438,13 +1438,13 @@ msgstr "" "체제와 데비안을 멀티 부팅하는 경우, 다음과 같이 해야 합니다:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "컴퓨터에 들어 있는 것을 전부 백업하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" "팅하는 동안 <keycap>c</keycap> 키를 누르고 있으십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1468,13 +1468,13 @@ msgstr "" "오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "새 파티션에 원래 운영 체제를 설치하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1484,19 +1484,19 @@ msgstr "" "팅 파일들을 내려 받으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램으로 부팅해 데비안 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Tru64 UNIX에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. Tru64의 파티션은 설치가 끝난 다음에 데비안에서 마운트할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "템을 넣으면 데이터가 망가집니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr "" "에서 <command>mkswap</command>을 실행해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1590,13 +1590,13 @@ msgstr "" "일시스템만 이해합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Windows NT에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "" "질 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1636,13 +1636,13 @@ msgstr "" "디어에서 MILO를 설치하는 경우에도, ARC에서 데비안을 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "DOS나 Windows에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션할 필요는 없습니다. 보통 리눅스 파티션 도구가 더 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1674,13 +1674,13 @@ msgstr "" "나 NTFS 파티션을 옮겨야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "DOS나 Win-32나 OS/2에서 시작할 때 데이터 손실없이 다시 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 쓰지 않아도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 문서를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 인식하지 못합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "시오. <filename>a:\\fips</filename>를 실행해 안내에 따르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1803,13 +1803,13 @@ msgstr "" "티션 관리자들이 많이 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "DOS용 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1838,19 +1838,19 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에 리눅스에서 다음 명령어를 실행하십시오:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "AmigaOS에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ msgstr "" "로 파티션을 조정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Atari TOS에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" "됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>SCSITool</command>에 관해서 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> 메뉴, <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem> 항목)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>를 이용하는 게 올바릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" "닫으면 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> 버튼을 눌러 창을 닫으면 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ msgstr "" "— <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "" "스크를 백업해야 한다고 말했지요?)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -2010,13 +2010,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그램이 있을 지도 모르니, 필요에 따라 적합한 도구를 이용하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "MacOS에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>에 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -2051,13 +2051,13 @@ msgstr "" "나, MkLinux FTP 서버에 있는 pdisk의 MacOS 버전을 사용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "SunOS에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2079,13 +2079,13 @@ msgstr "" "ROM) 파티션에서 리눅스와 SunOS 부팅을 지원합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Linux 및 그 밖의 OS에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 만들어야 하고, 아니면 디스크 크기에 관련한 오류가 발생할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2120,13 +2120,13 @@ msgstr "" "격한 제한이 있습니다. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "MacOS/OSX 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" "이버 파티션은 <application>Drive Setup</application>에 나타나지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" "됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr "" "X 파티션은 OS 9과 OS X 모두에서 접근할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2197,13 +2197,13 @@ msgstr "" "DOS FAT 파티션은 MacOS와 리눅스 모두에서 지원합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "설치하기 전에 하드웨어 및 운영 체제 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2221,13 +2221,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 &debian; 안정성과 관련된 하드웨어 문제들도 다룹니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "BIOS 설정 메뉴 들어가기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr "" "치하지 못할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2257,26 +2257,26 @@ msgstr "" "를 만든 회사에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "" "POST (power on self test, 최초 테스트) 도중에 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 키 " #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2286,25 +2286,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo>, 아니면 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 키" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "POST 도중에 <keycap>Esc</keycap> 키" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2316,13 +2316,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> 아니면 <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"></ulink>에 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2359,13 +2359,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"></ulink> 사이트를 살펴 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "부팅 장치 선택" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" "비안을 부팅할 때 이 둘 중의 하나에서 부팅합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2396,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 켜는 일 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " @@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2424,13 +2424,13 @@ msgstr "" "할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "IDE 컴퓨터의 부팅 순서 바꾸기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr "" "웨어 문서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2452,19 +2452,19 @@ msgstr "" "만, 드라이브 여러 개를 늘어 놓은 필드를 찾으면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "IDE 기계에서는 보통 C, A, cdrom이거나 A, C, cdrom입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C는 하드 드라이브이고, A는 플로피 드라이브입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" "나를 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2484,20 +2484,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "바꾼 내용을 저장하십시오. 설정 화면의 안내에 따라 저장하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "SCSI 컴퓨터에서 부팅 순서 바꾸기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "컴퓨터가 시작하면, SCSI 설정 유틸리티로 들어가는 키를 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음, SCSI 설정 유틸리티로 들어갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2519,13 +2519,13 @@ msgstr "" "키 조합은 하드웨어 문서를 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "부팅 순서를 바꾸는 유틸리티 찾기." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." @@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" "CD 드라이브의 SCSI ID가 목록의 첫 번째가 되도록 유틸리티를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2543,19 +2543,19 @@ msgstr "" "오. 보통 <keycap>F10</keycap>을 눌러야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "기타 BIOS 설정" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "CD-ROM 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2568,13 +2568,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 오류 메세지가 나오게 된다면 이 문제 때문일 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "Extended와 Expanded Memory" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2588,13 +2588,13 @@ msgstr "" "memory를 사용할 수 없습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "Virus Protection" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2617,13 +2617,13 @@ msgstr "" "마스터 부트 레코드(MBR)에 영향을 주지 않습니다.</para></footnote>" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "Shadow RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2647,13 +2647,13 @@ msgstr "" "접근할 때 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "Memory Hole" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2685,13 +2685,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote>로 설정하면 동작하고 아니면 동작하지 않는 것 밖에 알지 못합니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "Advanced Power Management" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2706,13 +2706,13 @@ msgstr "" "드에 대한 컨트롤을 할 수 있고, BIOS보다 더 전원 관리를 잘 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "펌웨어 버전 및 기존 운영 체제 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2734,13 +2734,13 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "OpenFirmware 실행" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "" "셔야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2772,7 +2772,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink>의 내용을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware를 쓸 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2816,13 +2816,13 @@ msgstr "" "러 펌웨어 패치를 nvram에 설치하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "OpenBoot 실행" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@ msgstr "" "지 일을 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 나옵니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -2871,7 +2871,7 @@ msgstr "" "미널 에뮬레이터의 문서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reference</ulink>에서 볼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " @@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2960,19 +2960,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 그리고 Solaris에서는:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "BIOS 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr "" "3215/3270 콘솔은 문자 단위가 아니라 라인 단위입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -3011,7 +3011,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 경우.)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -3034,13 +3034,13 @@ msgstr "" "로 돌아와서 데비안에 관련된 설치 단계를 밟으십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "네이티브 및 LPAR 설치" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3056,13 +3056,13 @@ msgstr "" "Distributions</ulink> Redbook의 chapter 3.2를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "VM guest로 설치" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3078,7 +3078,7 @@ msgstr "" "Distributions</ulink> Redbook의 chapter 3.1을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -3092,13 +3092,13 @@ msgstr "" "드로 가져오십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "설치 서버 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr "" "들어 있고 그 꾸러미를 NFS나 HTTP나 FTP로 외부에서 접근할 수 있게 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3124,19 +3124,19 @@ msgstr "" "설치 CD의 내용만 복사해 올 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "주의해야 할 하드웨어 이슈" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3155,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "" "속도를 원래대로 돌려 놓으니까 문제가 해결되었습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ msgstr "" "상치 못한 시그널로 죽는 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3188,7 +3188,7 @@ msgstr "" "more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3207,7 +3207,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3218,13 +3218,13 @@ msgstr "" "그 기능을 켜서 메모리 패리티 오류가 발생했을 때 인터럽트를 내도록 하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "Turbo 스위치" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3243,13 +3243,13 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix CPU 및 플로피 디스크 오류" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> 더 느리게 동작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3278,13 +3278,13 @@ msgstr "" "시가 무효화되면서 발생하는 문제라고 추정됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "주변 장치 하드웨어 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" "들을 전달하길 바랄 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3311,13 +3311,13 @@ msgstr "" "보다 최소 1메가바이트 큰 위치에 들어 있어야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "USB BIOS 지원 및 키보드" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3336,13 +3336,13 @@ msgstr "" "emulation</quote>이나 <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> 옵션을 찾으십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "64 MB RAM 이상" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3352,13 +3352,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>에 있는 내용을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 6ee20ee73..3c2531c6f 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-22 21:46+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "파워유저라면 메뉴 방식 인터페이스가 더 편할 수도 있습니다. 메뉴 방식에서는 " "각 단계를 자동으로 진행하지 않고 사용자 입력에 따라 단계를 조정합니다. 설치 " -"프로그램을 수동 메뉴 방식으로 사용하려면, <userinput>" -"priority=medium</userinput> 파라미터를 사용하십시오." +"프로그램을 수동 메뉴 방식으로 사용하려면, <userinput>priority=medium</" +"userinput> 파라미터를 사용하십시오." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "커널 모듈을 설치하면서 파라미터를 넘겨야 하는 하드웨어에서는, <quote>전문가</" "quote> 모드로 설치 프로그램을 시작합니다. 설치 프로그램이 시작할 때 " -"<command>expert</command> 명령을 사용하거나, <userinput>" -"priority=low</userinput> 부팅 파라미터를 사용하면 됩니다. 전문가 모드는 &d-i;" -"의 모든 부분을 마음대로 조정할 수 있습니다." +"<command>expert</command> 명령을 사용하거나, <userinput>priority=low</" +"userinput> 부팅 파라미터를 사용하면 됩니다. 전문가 모드는 &d-i;의 모든 부분" +"을 마음대로 조정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 @@ -955,13 +955,13 @@ msgid "" "to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " "for US keyboards." msgstr "" -"키보드가 동작하게 하려면, <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 파라" -"미터로 설치 프로그램을 부팅해야 합니다. 키보드를 선택할 때<footnote> <para> " -"기본 우선순위로 설치하신다면, Sun용 키맵 목록이 나올 때 <userinput>뒤로 가기" -"</userinput> 버튼을 사용해 설치 메뉴로 돌아가야 합니다. </para> </footnote>, " -"미국식 (US) 키배치라면 <quote>설정할 키보드 없음</quote>을 고르시고, 지역화" -"된 키보드라면 <quote>USB 키보드</quote>를 고르십시오. <quote>설정할 키보드 없" -"음</quote>은 커널 키맵을 그대로 놔두는 것이고, 이게 미국식 키보드에 맞습니다." +"키보드가 동작하게 하려면, <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 파라미터로 " +"설치 프로그램을 부팅해야 합니다. 키보드를 선택할 때<footnote> <para> 기본 우" +"선순위로 설치하신다면, Sun용 키맵 목록이 나올 때 <userinput>뒤로 가기</" +"userinput> 버튼을 사용해 설치 메뉴로 돌아가야 합니다. </para> </footnote>, 미" +"국식 (US) 키배치라면 <quote>설정할 키보드 없음</quote>을 고르시고, 지역화된 " +"키보드라면 <quote>USB 키보드</quote>를 고르십시오. <quote>설정할 키보드 없음" +"</quote>은 커널 키맵을 그대로 놔두는 것이고, 이게 미국식 키보드에 맞습니다." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 @@ -1193,13 +1193,25 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " -"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " -"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " -"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " -"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " -"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " -"will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "단계에 따라 파티션을 선택한 경우, 아래의 표의 방식중에서 한 가지 방식을 선택" "합니다. 모든 방식들은 각자 장단점이 있고, <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>에" @@ -1209,73 +1221,73 @@ msgstr "" "은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "한 파티션에 파일 모두" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "데스크탑 컴퓨터" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "만들 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "다중 사용자 워크스테이션" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1285,23 +1297,32 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " -"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " -"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " -"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" "IA64 시스템에서 자동 파티션을 선택하면 EFI 부트 로더가 사용하는, FAT16으로 포" "맷한 부팅 가능 파티션이 하나 더 생깁니다. 포맷 메뉴에서도 수동으로 EFI 부팅 " "파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" @@ -1309,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "않은 파티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1321,29 +1342,31 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " "into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " "line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " -"system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "파티션 목록은 다음과 같이 나타납니다: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -1367,16 +1390,19 @@ msgstr "" "운트 위치가 따로 있는 경우) 표시합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " -"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "여기까지가 단계에 따른 파티션입니다. 자동으로 만든 파티션 테이블이 마음에 들" "면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>파티션 나누기를 마치고 바뀐 사항을 디스크에 쓰기</" @@ -1386,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "만들어 준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 고칠 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1401,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1414,8 +1440,8 @@ msgstr "" "이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " "You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " @@ -1429,7 +1455,7 @@ msgid "" "or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "빈 공간을 선택하면, 새 파티션을 만들 지 물어봅니다. 크기, 종류 (주 파티션 아" "니면 논리 파티션), 위치에 (빈 공간에서 처음 아니면 끝) 대해 답해야 합니다. 그" @@ -1443,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하고 <command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1463,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" "지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1478,10 +1504,10 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." msgstr "" @@ -1490,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1505,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1518,13 +1544,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자 (LVM) 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1539,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1558,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "러 개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1577,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1602,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "고치기</guimenuitem> 메뉴에서 볼륨 그룹 위에 논리 볼륨을 만들어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1614,13 +1640,13 @@ msgstr "" "찬가지 방법으로 이용하면 됩니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1640,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1654,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1724,97 +1750,97 @@ msgstr "" "속도가 느립니다. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1822,7 +1848,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 빼기 1)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1832,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1847,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1864,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1882,7 +1908,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1893,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1911,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "렸다고 해도, 개수가 맞을 때까지는 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1921,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1939,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1953,13 +1979,13 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "시스템 준비 중" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -1969,13 +1995,13 @@ msgstr "" "해 질문은 몇 가지 더 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "시간대 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -1988,13 +2014,13 @@ msgstr "" "택합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "시계 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2007,7 +2033,7 @@ msgstr "" "있는 지를 알아 봅니다. 이 경우 이 질문을 하지 않을 수도 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2025,7 +2051,7 @@ msgstr "" "컬 시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2038,19 +2064,19 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자와 암호 설정" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Root 암호 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2064,7 +2090,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 시간 동안만 사용되어야 합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2079,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 피하시길 바랍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2091,13 +2117,13 @@ msgstr "" "어서는 안됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2110,7 +2136,7 @@ msgstr "" "서 root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2129,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 이에 대한 책을 한 권 정도 읽어 보세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2142,7 +2168,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 암호를 입력하세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2152,13 +2178,13 @@ msgstr "" "명령을 사용하세요." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2172,13 +2198,13 @@ msgstr "" "좀 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2194,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2205,7 +2231,7 @@ msgstr "" "메세지는 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> 파일에 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2218,13 +2244,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가적인 소프트웨어를 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2240,13 +2266,13 @@ msgstr "" "다 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2277,7 +2303,7 @@ msgstr "" "상태 확인 등의 기능을 사용자 인터페이스에 내장하고 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2293,13 +2319,13 @@ msgstr "" "정이끝난 후 이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 수정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어를 선택하고 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2316,7 +2342,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2349,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2359,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 패키지들을 설치할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2369,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2382,7 +2408,7 @@ msgstr "" "시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2395,13 +2421,13 @@ msgstr "" "자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "메일 배달 에이전트(Mail Transport Agent) 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2417,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2431,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" "몇 시스템 유틸리티들은 당신에게 중요한 공지를 이메일을 통해 보낼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2441,13 +2467,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 가장 당신의 환경과 유사한 것을 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "인터넷 사이트" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2460,13 +2486,13 @@ msgstr "" "등 기본적인 질문을 물어볼 것입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "스마트호스트에 의한 메일 보내기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2484,13 +2510,13 @@ msgstr "" "게 적합합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "로컬 배달" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2507,13 +2533,13 @@ msgstr "" "에 새로운 사용자에게도 편리합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "지금 설정 안함" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2527,7 +2553,7 @@ msgstr "" "오는 중요한 메시지들을 놓칠 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2542,13 +2568,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2562,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2577,13 +2603,13 @@ msgstr "" "관리자의 문서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2598,7 +2624,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2613,13 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "" "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2640,13 +2666,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2662,19 +2688,19 @@ msgstr "" "문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2686,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2698,7 +2724,7 @@ msgstr "" "한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 매뉴얼을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2708,13 +2734,13 @@ msgstr "" "음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2730,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr "" "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2743,7 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "" "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2753,13 +2779,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2768,13 +2794,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2785,13 +2811,13 @@ msgstr "" "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2809,7 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 및 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2827,13 +2853,13 @@ msgstr "" "하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2860,7 +2886,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -2876,13 +2902,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -2899,13 +2925,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -2934,13 +2960,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -2952,13 +2978,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -2972,13 +2998,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -2992,13 +3018,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3010,13 +3036,13 @@ msgstr "" "어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3030,13 +3056,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3078,13 +3104,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3094,13 +3120,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3108,13 +3134,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3122,13 +3148,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3138,13 +3164,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3172,13 +3198,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3188,20 +3214,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3209,13 +3235,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3225,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3235,19 +3261,19 @@ msgstr "" "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3266,13 +3292,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3286,13 +3312,13 @@ msgstr "" "환품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3308,13 +3334,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3344,13 +3370,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3367,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr "" "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3388,13 +3414,13 @@ msgstr "" "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3404,13 +3430,13 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3423,7 +3449,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3437,13 +3463,13 @@ msgstr "" "팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3454,13 +3480,13 @@ msgstr "" "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3471,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3486,13 +3512,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3514,7 +3540,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3531,7 +3557,7 @@ msgstr "" "같은 훌륭한 기능도 좀 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3550,13 +3576,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 경우에는 <command>exit</command> 명령을 실행하면 메뉴로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3573,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3594,7 +3620,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3604,7 +3630,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3624,7 +3650,7 @@ msgstr "" "치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3635,7 +3661,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3665,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3682,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3701,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3716,7 +3742,7 @@ msgstr "" "발생할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3724,3 +3750,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "또 SSH 세션을 X 터미널에서 실행하는 경우 연결이 끊어질 수도 있으므로 창 크기" "를 바꾸지 말아야 합니다." + +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "데스크탑 컴퓨터" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "다중 사용자 워크스테이션" diff --git a/po/pot/preparing.pot b/po/pot/preparing.pot index e6d1fd61f..2637d7a07 100644 --- a/po/pot/preparing.pot +++ b/po/pot/preparing.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -416,1237 +416,1237 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Available free space." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Partitions." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Screen size." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Port." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Network" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Printer" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Video Card" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your monitor's capabilities)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "DASD" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many different types of hardware as some operating systems." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running version of Windows to work." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they can quickly become obsolete." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to your architecture." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your network's system administrator for this information." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name Service) server." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the installation process." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to do." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium II-300 for a Server." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by with a little less drive space than shown." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Install Type" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "No desktop" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Server" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Desktop" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard desktop task, though it can be done in far less." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Work Console" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is around 140MB." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Developer" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of machine." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one room it doesn't affect any other room." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show existing partitions without making changes." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you risk destroying it." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format #. Tag: emphasis msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included partitioning program can handle the job nicely." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that force you to partition before installing anyway." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the filesystem." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to retain." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native system first saves you trouble." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, and replace it with Linux partitions." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system and Debian, you will need to:" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active MacOS system.</phrase>" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download the Debian installer boot files." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file system onto it, or you'll destroy data." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a <command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only understands the former." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the method described below." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a file system." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from the partition." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</emphasis> you defragment the disk." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used in Windows 95 and higher." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case <command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other weird errors in DOS or Windows." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the following command from Linux:" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format #. Tag: screen msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the whole disk inaccessible." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari <command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft GmBH)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably the best choice." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). <command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; select the tool that suits your needs." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch <command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux FTP server." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 (CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely occur." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</application>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are also highlighted." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on <filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from the hard drive." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys cycle through the possible choices." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be your problem." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended memory and cannot use expanded memory." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have that much RAM." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just worked with that setting and not without it." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-management than the BIOS." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of charge." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came with your machine." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more hints." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "" @@ -1656,43 +1656,43 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to interact with OpenFirmware." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> to have the firmware patches installed to nvram." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, such as diagnostics and simple scripts." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the <keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either <userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your terminal emulator if you are using a different program." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "" @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "" @@ -1712,205 +1712,205 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> and under Solaris:" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format #. Tag: screen msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this option is available for you." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed record length of 80 characters." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any &debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a directory tree." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format #. Tag: emphasis msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the <command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to its rated value solved the problem." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be <command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on memory parity errors." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the turbo switch." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with the cache disabled." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount of RAM in your system." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> options." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of <quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 040668193..65a911ff1 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -653,945 +653,957 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, no-c-format +#. Tag: para +msgid "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" + +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "600MB" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:819 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry -msgid "Desktop machine" +msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "500MB" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry -msgid "Multi-user workstation" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, no-c-format +#. Tag: para +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:846 +#: using-d-i.xml:862 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" - " #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" - " #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" - " #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" - " pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" + " #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" + " #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" + " #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" + " pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" - " #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" - " #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" - " #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" - " #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" - " #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" - " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" - " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" - " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" - "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any)." + " #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" + " #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" + " #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" + " #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" + " #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" + " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" + " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" + " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" + "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:911 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:948 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." +msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical discs." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from <command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "optional" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format #. Tag: entry msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "internet site" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format #. Tag: term msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format #. Tag: filename msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format #. Tag: filename msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format #. Tag: filename msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format #. Tag: filename msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format #. Tag: filename msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "" @@ -1604,61 +1616,61 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format #. Tag: replaceable msgid "scsi" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format #. Tag: replaceable msgid "disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format #. Tag: replaceable msgid "partnr" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format #. Tag: replaceable msgid "config" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "" @@ -1667,247 +1679,247 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format #. Tag: replaceable msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format #. Tag: replaceable msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format #. Tag: replaceable msgid "name" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format #. Tag: screen msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format #. Tag: title msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "" @@ -1916,25 +1928,25 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." diff --git a/po/pt/preparing.po b/po/pt/preparing.po index 2da34f493..d2f906e13 100644 --- a/po/pt/preparing.po +++ b/po/pt/preparing.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-05 15:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -635,149 +635,149 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "A sua ordem no sistema." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "Se são IDE ou SCSI (a maioria dos computadores usam IDE)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "Se são IDE ou SCSI (a maioria dos computadores m68k são SCSI)." # index.docbook:445, index.docbook:497 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "Espaço livre disponível." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "Partições." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "Partições onde outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Monitor" # index.docbook:453, index.docbook:473, index.docbook:479, index.docbook:485 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "Modelo e Fabricante." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "Resoluções suportadas." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "Taxa de refrescamento horizontal." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "Taxa de refrescamento vertical." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "Profundidade da cor (número de cores) suportada." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "Tamanho do ecrã." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Rato" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "Tipo: série, PS/2, ou USB." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "Porta." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "Fabricante." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "Número de botões." # index.docbook:472, index.docbook:500 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "Rede" # index.docbook:475, index.docbook:501 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "Tipo de adaptador." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impressora" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "Resoluções de impressão suportadas." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "Placa de Vídeo" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "Vídeo RAM disponível." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -787,37 +787,37 @@ msgstr "" "com as capacidades do seu monitor)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "Número do dispositivo(s)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "Números de dispositivo." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "Número relativo do adaptador para placas OSA." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "Compatibilidade de Hardware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ msgstr "" "suporta tantos tipos de hardware como alguns outros sistemas operativos." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "uma versão do Windows para funcionar." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" "tornar obsoletos." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -865,20 +865,20 @@ msgstr "" "para Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "Pode-se verificar a compatibilidade de hardware fazendo:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "" "Verificar as páginas web dos fabricantes acerca de novos controladores." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurações de outras mais conhecidas." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -899,19 +899,19 @@ msgstr "" "dedicadas à sua arquitectura." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "Procurar na Internet pela experiência de outros utilizadores." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Configurações de rede" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -923,31 +923,31 @@ msgstr "" "deve perguntar ao administrador da rede do sistema por esta informação." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "O seu hostname (você poderá ser decidir à sua maneira)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "O seu nome de domínio." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "O endereço IP do seu computador." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "A máscara de rede para utilizar na sua rede." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "encaminhado, se a sua rede <emphasis>tiver</emphasis> uma gateway." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ msgstr "" "Name Service)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -981,31 +981,31 @@ msgstr "" "computador durante o processo de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "Se utiliza uma rede wireless, então deverá também identificar:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "ESSID da sua rede wireless." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "Chave de segurança WEP (Se aplicável)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Reunir os Requisitos Mínimos de Hardware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ msgstr "" "deseja." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizadores arriscam-se a sair frustrados se ignorarem estas sugestões." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "" "300 para um servidor." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ msgstr "" "Poderá instalar com um pouco menos de espaço do disco do que é mostrado." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -1059,85 +1059,85 @@ msgstr "" "Desktop. Para servidores, no mínimo, é recomendada uma máquina 132-Mhz." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "Requisitos Mínimos de Sistema Recomendados" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "Tipo de Instalação" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>RAM</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "Disco Rígido" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "Sem desktop" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 megabytes" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 megabytes" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "Com Desktop" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 megabytes" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 gigabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 megabytes" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 gigabytes" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1149,13 +1149,13 @@ msgstr "" "programas usando a <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "Servidor Padrão" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1170,13 +1170,13 @@ msgstr "" "para todos os dados que irá servir." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Desktop" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1188,13 +1188,13 @@ msgstr "" "usando a tarefa de Desktop padrão, embora possa ser feito com menos." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "Trabalho de Consola" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1206,13 +1206,13 @@ msgstr "" "O tamanho ronda os 140MB." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "Developer" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ msgstr "" "cerca de 800MB para este tipo de máquina." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1251,13 +1251,13 @@ msgstr "" "deverá alocar pelo menos 100MB para a partição <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "Pré-Particionamento para sistemas Multi-Boot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ msgstr "" "num quarto não afecta qualquer outro quarto." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" "máquina significa LPAR ou VM guest." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "mostrar as partições sem efectuar alterações." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1347,13 +1347,13 @@ msgstr "" "mudar uma parede, ou arrisca-se a destruí-la." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: escrever acerca de discos HP-UX?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "particionamento incluído no instalador pode lidar facilmente com essa tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" "os CDs ou tapes originais de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "de instalar." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" "do sistema operativo nativo com que deseja ficar." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ msgstr "" "nativas." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema operativo nativo poupa-lhe trabalho." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições de Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1509,13 +1509,13 @@ msgstr "" "operativo nativo e Debian, você necessita de:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "Salvaguardar tudo no computador." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "forçar que o CD se torne o sistema activo de MacOS.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1540,13 +1540,13 @@ msgstr "" "para &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "Instalar o sistema operativo nativo na sua nova partição." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1556,20 +1556,20 @@ msgstr "" "fazer o download dos ficheiros de arranque do instalador de Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "" "Arrancar com o instalador de Debian para continuar a instalação de Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Particionamento em Tru64 UNIX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> em Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ msgstr "" "montadas em Debian após a instalação ser completada." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "um sistema de ficheiros, ou irá destruir os dados." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionar o espaço swap com <command>swapon -a</command>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1666,13 +1666,13 @@ msgstr "" "apenas conhece o anterior." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Particionamento em Windows NT" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "" "a assinatura irá destruir a informação da partição." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1716,13 +1716,13 @@ msgstr "" "partir de ARC." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "Particionar a partir de DOS ou Windows" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ msgstr "" "melhor." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1758,14 +1758,14 @@ msgstr "" "mover partições FAT ou NTFS existentes." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "" "Reparticionamento Sem Perdas Quando Inicia a Partir de DOS, Win-32 ou OS/2" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "maioria dos casos não é necessário utilizar o método descrito abaixo." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "tirado da partição." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> de desfragmentar o disco." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "" "Windows 95 e superiores." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "" "instruções." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1895,13 +1895,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>fips</command> pode não o ajudar." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "Particionar para DOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" "DOS e em Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1931,19 +1931,19 @@ msgstr "" "antes de correr o <command>format</command> do DOS, a partir de Linux:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "Particionar em AmigaOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1954,13 +1954,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Particionar em Atari TOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ msgstr "" "confundir o controlador do disco rígido e tornar todo o disco inacessível." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "GmBH)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha será provavelmente <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr "" "as alterações ao deixar a janela com o botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"device-names\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr "" "ser reinicializadas (nós dissemos-lhe para salvaguardar tudo, não dissemos?)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -2114,13 +2114,13 @@ msgstr "" "outros; escolha o utilitário que melhor se lhe adequa." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "Particionar em MacOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -2157,13 +2157,13 @@ msgstr "" "disponível no servidor FTP de MkLinux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "Particionar em SunOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2187,13 +2187,13 @@ msgstr "" "partições EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs e iso9660 (CDROM)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Particionar a partir de Linux ou outro SO" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" "muito provavelmente terá problemas com a geometria do disco." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2231,13 +2231,13 @@ msgstr "" "localização; veja <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "Particionar com MacOS/OSX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr "" "application>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "" "acessíveis quer a partir de OS 9 ou de OS X." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2311,13 +2311,13 @@ msgstr "" "e MS-DOS FAT são suportadas por ambos MacOS e Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "Pré-Instalação do Hardware e Configuração do Sistema Operativo" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2337,13 +2337,13 @@ msgstr "" "conhecidos de hardware que afectam a estabilidade de &debian; no seu sistema." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "Invocar o Menu de Configuração da BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr "" "levar a bloqueios intermitentes ou a não poder instalar Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2374,25 +2374,25 @@ msgstr "" "quote>) depende de quem escreveu o software da BIOS:" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "tecla <keycap>Delete</keycap> durante o POST (Power On Self Test)" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2402,25 +2402,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo>, ou <keycap>Delete</keycap> durante o POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "tecla <keycap>Esc</keycap> key durante o POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2432,13 +2432,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2450,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo> ou <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2477,13 +2477,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1522, index.docbook:1865 #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "Selecção de Dispositivo Para Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2505,7 +2505,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalar Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" "controlador SCSI." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " @@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> para que arranque a partir do dispositivo USB." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2546,13 +2546,13 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciar a sua máquina a partir do disco rígido." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "Alterar a Ordem de Arranque para Computadores Com IDE" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "" "teclas exacta." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2576,19 +2576,19 @@ msgstr "" "lista drives." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "Entradas comuns em máquinas IDE são C, A, cdrom ou A, C, cdrom." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C é o disco rígido, e A a drive de disquetes." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ msgstr "" "Down</keycap> permitem percorrer as escolhas possíveis." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2610,13 +2610,13 @@ msgstr "" "alterações no seu computador." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "Alterar a Ordem de Arranque em Computadores com SCSI" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." @@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilitário de configuração SCSI." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ msgstr "" "computador." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2648,13 +2648,13 @@ msgstr "" "a documentação do seu hardware para saber a combinação de teclas exacta." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "Encontrar o utilitário para alterar a ordem de arranque." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." @@ -2663,7 +2663,7 @@ msgstr "" "primeiro na lista." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2674,19 +2674,19 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "Miscelânea de Definições na BIOS" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "Definições de CD-ROM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2700,13 +2700,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>seek failed</userinput>, este pode ser o seu problema." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "Memória Extendida vs. Expandida" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2720,13 +2720,13 @@ msgstr "" "memória estendida e não pode utilizar memória expandida." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "Protecção de Vírus" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2751,13 +2751,13 @@ msgstr "" "configurado. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "Shadow RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2782,13 +2782,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux a dispositivos de hardware." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "Memory Hole" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiver tanta memória como isso." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2821,13 +2821,13 @@ msgstr "" "essa definição e sem essa não." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "Advanced Power Management" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2843,13 +2843,13 @@ msgstr "" "trabalho melhor na gestão de energia do que a BIOS." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "Revisões de Firmware e Configuração do SO Existente" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2873,13 +2873,13 @@ msgstr "" "pedido e livre de encargos." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "Invocar OpenFirmware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2895,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentação do hardware que veio com o a sua máquina." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2913,7 +2913,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink> para mais dicas." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@ msgstr "" "noutro computador, ligado à parta do modem." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2960,13 +2960,13 @@ msgstr "" "para ter os patches de firmware instalados na nvram." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "Invocar o OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr "" "máquina, tais como diagnósticos, scripts simples, etc." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -3003,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregue na tecla <keycap>n</keycap> para obter a nova linha de comandos." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -3018,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr "" "programa diferente." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " @@ -3082,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -3113,19 +3113,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> e em Solaris:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "Configuração da BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -3148,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr "" "baseada em linhas em vez de baseada em caracteres." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -3169,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "para si." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -3194,13 +3194,13 @@ msgstr "" "etapas de instalação específicas de Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "Instalações Nativas e por LPAR" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3216,13 +3216,13 @@ msgstr "" "Distributions</ulink> Redbook acerca de como definir uma LPAR para Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "Instalação como um VM guest" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3238,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Distributions</ulink> Redbook em como definir um VM guest para correr Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -3252,13 +3252,13 @@ msgstr "" "modo binário com um registo de tamanho fixo de 80 caracteres." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "Preparar um servidor de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr "" "FTP." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3286,19 +3286,19 @@ msgstr "" "de s390 e os independentes de arquitectura." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: mais informação necessária — de um Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "Assuntos de Hardware Para Estar Atento" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ msgstr "" "volta ao normal resolveu o problema." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3337,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr "" "sinal não esperado." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ msgstr "" "more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3373,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3385,13 +3385,13 @@ msgstr "" "motherboard pare nos erros de paridade da memória." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "O Botão Turbo" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3411,13 +3411,13 @@ msgstr "" "acidentalmente tocar no controle de software do botão turbo." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "CPUs Cyrix e Erros de Disquete" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3433,7 +3433,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> lento com a cache desligada." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3448,13 +3448,13 @@ msgstr "" "32-bit." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "Definições de Periféricos de Hardware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3469,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "" "o que se deseja que disponibilize são dicas úteis." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3483,13 +3483,13 @@ msgstr "" "total de RAM no seu sistema." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "Suporte USB da BIOS e teclados" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3510,13 +3510,13 @@ msgstr "" "keyboard support</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "Mais do que 64 MB RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3526,13 +3526,13 @@ msgstr "" "você tem. Se é o seu caso por favor veja em <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index 6e7f981a7..25134d16a 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-21 19:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1268,13 +1268,25 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " -"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " -"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " -"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " -"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " -"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " -"will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Se escolher o assistente de particionamento poderá escolher uma lista de " "esquemas listada abaixo. Todos os esquemas tem os seus prós e contras, " @@ -1285,73 +1297,73 @@ msgstr "" "particionamento através do assistente irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "Computador de secretária" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "Estação de trabalho multi-utilizador" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1361,13 +1373,22 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " -"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " -"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " -"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" "Se optar pelo particionamento automático para o seu sistema IA64, irá " "existir um partição adicional formatada como sistema de ficheiros de " @@ -1376,10 +1397,10 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" @@ -1388,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "reservar espaço para o gestor de arranque." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1400,29 +1421,31 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " "into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " "line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " -"system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "A lista de partições poderá parecer-se com esta: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -1446,16 +1469,19 @@ msgstr "" "opcionais, sistema de ficheiros, e ponto de montagem (se aplicáveis)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " -"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Está assim concluído o assistente de particionamento. Se estiver satisfeito " "com a tabela de partições gerada, pode escolher <guimenuitem>Terminar " @@ -1467,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" "como descritas antes para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1483,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1498,8 +1524,8 @@ msgstr "" "disco seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " "You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " @@ -1513,7 +1539,7 @@ msgid "" "or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Se tiver seleccionado algum espaço livre, ser-lhe-á pedido que crie uma nova " "partição. Terá que responder a uma série de questões rápidas sobre a sua " @@ -1532,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr "" "principal do <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1554,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainda apagar a partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1570,10 +1596,10 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." msgstr "" @@ -1582,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" "até que crie uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1598,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1613,13 +1639,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1636,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1656,7 +1682,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser separados fisicamente através de vários discos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1677,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1705,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1717,13 +1743,13 @@ msgstr "" "normais (e deverá tratá-las como tal)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar o Dispositivo Multidisk (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1743,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "sua variante mais famosa <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1758,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1839,55 +1865,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir :" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1895,43 +1921,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1941,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1951,7 +1977,7 @@ msgstr "" "no <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1967,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1985,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma manual através da shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2004,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2016,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2037,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" "erro seja corrigido." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2047,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessita de utilizar pelo menos <emphasis>três</emphasis> partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2065,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição <filename>/home</filename> de 100GB)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2080,13 +2106,13 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Configurar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2096,13 +2122,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2116,13 +2142,13 @@ msgstr "" "perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2136,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2154,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr "" "fazer dual-boot, escolha hora local em vez de GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2167,19 +2193,19 @@ msgstr "" "UTC você pode acertar o relógio para a hora actual depois de ter instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Pass de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2194,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2211,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2224,13 +2250,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2244,7 +2270,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2265,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2280,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2290,13 +2316,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2309,13 +2335,13 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Instalação do Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2331,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2343,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" "efectuada através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2357,13 +2383,13 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2379,13 +2405,13 @@ msgstr "" "base se tiver um computador ou uma rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2420,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" "bom interface com o utilizador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2438,13 +2464,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar completa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2462,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2496,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2507,7 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" "pacotes que seleccionou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2517,7 +2543,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2531,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr "" "não instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2546,13 +2572,13 @@ msgstr "" "este processo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Configurar o Mail Transport Agent" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2568,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, que é relativamente pequeno, flexível, e fácil de aprender." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2583,7 +2609,7 @@ msgstr "" "lhe avisos importantes por email." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2593,13 +2619,13 @@ msgstr "" "de mail. Escolha o que mais se adequa às suas necessidades:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "site de internet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2613,13 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "" "domínios para os quais deseja aceitar e encaminhar o correio." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "correio enviado por smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2638,13 +2664,13 @@ msgstr "" "telefónico." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "distribuição local apenas" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2663,13 +2689,13 @@ msgstr "" "pergunta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "sem configuração neste momento" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2684,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2700,13 +2726,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command> em <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2721,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2737,13 +2763,13 @@ msgstr "" "arranque para mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2759,7 +2785,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2776,13 +2802,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2804,13 +2830,13 @@ msgstr "" "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2827,19 +2853,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2851,7 +2877,7 @@ msgstr "" "quer para novatos quer para utilizadores experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2863,7 +2889,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2873,13 +2899,13 @@ msgstr "" "menu principal e a partir daí seleccione o gestor de arranque que desejar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2896,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2910,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2920,13 +2946,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2936,13 +2962,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2954,13 +2980,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2978,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2996,14 +3022,14 @@ msgstr "" "assunto leia por favor a <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3032,7 +3058,7 @@ msgstr "" "na realidade o arranque do kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3050,13 +3076,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3074,13 +3100,13 @@ msgstr "" "pode formatar a partição durante a instalação, apagando todo o seu conteúdo!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3110,13 +3136,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3128,13 +3154,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3148,13 +3174,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3169,13 +3195,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3188,13 +3214,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3208,13 +3234,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3258,13 +3284,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3274,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3289,13 +3315,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3304,13 +3330,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3320,13 +3346,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3355,13 +3381,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3371,13 +3397,13 @@ msgstr "" "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3385,7 +3411,7 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3394,13 +3420,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "nome" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3410,7 +3436,7 @@ msgstr "" "omissão <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3421,19 +3447,19 @@ msgstr "" "para a sua utilização." #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3454,13 +3480,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3475,13 +3501,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3498,13 +3524,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3536,13 +3562,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3561,7 +3587,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3583,13 +3609,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3599,13 +3625,13 @@ msgstr "" "novo. Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3619,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3633,13 +3659,13 @@ msgstr "" "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3651,13 +3677,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3669,7 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3685,13 +3711,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3714,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr "" "chamada de <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3732,7 +3758,7 @@ msgstr "" "autocompletion e o historial." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3752,13 +3778,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exit</command> se tiver usado um item de menu para abrir a shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3776,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3799,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3809,7 +3835,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3832,7 +3858,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3844,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3876,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3894,7 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3914,7 +3940,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3930,7 +3956,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3940,6 +3966,12 @@ msgstr "" "não deve redimensionar a janela já que irá fazer com que a ligação seja " "terminada." +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "Computador de secretária" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "Estação de trabalho multi-utilizador" + #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "Correr o <command>base-config</command> a partir do &d-i;" diff --git a/po/ru/preparing.po b/po/ru/preparing.po index a872a70cd..c16fe1837 100644 --- a/po/ru/preparing.po +++ b/po/ru/preparing.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-29 14:12+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -633,149 +633,149 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "Их порядок в системе." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "IDE или SCSI (в большинстве компьютеров IDE)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "IDE или SCSI (в большинстве компьютеров m68k используется SCSI)." # index.docbook:455, index.docbook:507 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "Доступное дисковое пространство." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "Разделы." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "Разделы, на которых установлены операционные системы." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Монитор" # index.docbook:463, index.docbook:483, index.docbook:489, index.docbook:495 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "Модель и производитель." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "Поддерживаемые разрешения." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "Частота горизонтальной развёртки." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "Частота вертикальной развёртки." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "Поддерживаемая глубина цвета (число цветов)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "Размер экрана." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Мышь" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "Тип интерфейса: последовательный, PS/2 или USB." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "Порт." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "Производитель." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "Число кнопок." # index.docbook:482, index.docbook:510 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "Сеть" # index.docbook:485, index.docbook:511 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "Тип адаптера." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "Принтер" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "Поддерживаемое разрешение печати." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "Видеокарта" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "Размер видеопамяти." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -785,37 +785,37 @@ msgstr "" "с возможностями монитора)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "Номер устройства(в)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "Номера устройств." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "Относительный номер адаптера OSA карт." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "Совместимость аппаратного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживаемой аппаратуры с другими операционными системами." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" "требуется работающая версия Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" "ядра. Поэтому, они могут быстро устареть." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -864,19 +864,19 @@ msgstr "" "оказаться Windows-специфичным." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "Вы можете проверить совместимость аппаратного обеспечения:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "Поискав новые драйверы на веб сайте производителя." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "более известных." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -897,19 +897,19 @@ msgstr "" "посвящённых архитектуре вашей машины." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "Поискав в Интернете отзывы о работе других пользователей." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Настройки сети" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -921,31 +921,31 @@ msgstr "" "вашего сетевого системного администратора следующую информацию:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "Имя вашей машины (возможно вы можете выбрать его самостоятельно)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "Имя домена." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "IP-адрес компьютера." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "Маска сети." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" "такой шлюз." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" "Система в сети, которая используется как DNS (Domain Name Service) сервер." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -978,31 +978,31 @@ msgstr "" "во время процесса установки." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "Если вы используете беспроводную сеть, то также нужно выяснить:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "ESSID беспроводной сети." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "WEP ключ безопасности (если он применяется)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Минимальные требования к аппаратному обеспечению" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" "аппаратное обеспечение соответствует требованиям желаемого типа установки." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей рискуют оказаться расстроенными, если проигнорируют эти советы." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" "— Pentium II-300." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать немного меньшее дисковое пространство, чем показано." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -1055,85 +1055,85 @@ msgstr "" "настольной системы. Для серверов рекомендуется минимум132-МГц машина." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "Рекомендуемые минимальные требования к системе" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "Тип установки" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>Оперативная память</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "Жёсткий диск" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "Без настольных приложений" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 мегабайта" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 мегабайт" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "С настольными приложениями" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 мегабайта" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 гигабайт" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "Сервер" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 мегабайт" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 гигабайта" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1145,13 +1145,13 @@ msgstr "" "группы программ в <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "Стандартный сервер" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1165,13 +1165,13 @@ msgstr "" "потребуется дополнительное место." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Настольный компьютер" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1184,13 +1184,13 @@ msgstr "" "и значительно меньше места." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "Рабочая консоль" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1202,13 +1202,13 @@ msgstr "" "Занимает около 140МБ." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "Для разработчика" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" "пакеты, то планируйте выделить около 800МБ для машины такого типа." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1245,13 +1245,13 @@ msgstr "" "var</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "Переразметка для мульти-загрузочных систем" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" "повлияет на другие комнаты." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "означает LPAR или гостевую VM." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" "под корневой раздел Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы без их изменения." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1339,13 +1339,13 @@ msgstr "" "вынести всю мебель перед переносом стен или же вы рискуете попортить её." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: написать о дисках HP-UX?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ msgstr "" "содержит утилиту разметки, которая хорошо справляется со своей работой." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "установочных лент или CD." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделов, что всё равно заставит вас переразмечать диск до запуска установки." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки Debian для изменения размера файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" "хотите сохранить." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "посоветовать вам переформатировать все неизвестные для них разделы." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "родной системы в первую очередь оградит вас от подобных проблем." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux позже во время установки, и заменить его на раздел Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1494,13 +1494,13 @@ msgstr "" "компьютеров) и вы хотите запускать родную систему и Debian, то вам нужно:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "Сделать резервную копию всех файлов компьютера." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>, пока не начнётся загрузка с CD, а не система MacOS.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1523,13 +1523,13 @@ msgstr "" "Оставить или раздел-пустышку или свободное место для &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "Установить родную операционную систему в её новый раздел." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1539,20 +1539,20 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить файлы программы установки Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "" "Загрузить программу установки Debian, чтобы продолжить установку Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Разметка в Tru64 UNIX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>sda5</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "быть смонтированы в Debian после завершения установки." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужна файловая система, или вы потеряете с неё данные." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" "пространства подкачки командой <command>swapon -a</command>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1649,13 +1649,13 @@ msgstr "" "понимает только последнюю." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Разметка дисков в Windows NT" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "уничтожает информацию о разделе." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1697,13 +1697,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian можно загрузить на ARC." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "Разметка дисков из DOS или Windows" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "утилиты разметки Linux обычно лучше подходят для этой работы." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1738,13 +1738,13 @@ msgstr "" "существующего FAT или NTFS раздел." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "Переразметка без потерь при запуске из DOS, Win-32 или OS/2" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "случаев вы не должны использовать метод, описываемый ниже." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "" "диска Debian, то есть, под раздел подкачки или в качестве файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "уменьшает количество места, которое можно вычленить из раздела." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочитайте документацию <emphasis>перед</emphasis> дефрагментацией диска." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "" "длинных имён." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>a:\\fips</filename> и следуйте инструкциям." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1869,13 +1869,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>fips</command> чем-то не подошёл вам." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "Разметка для DOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> и других странных ошибках в DOS или Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1904,19 +1904,19 @@ msgstr "" "это из Linux перед запуском DOS-вой команды <command>format</command>:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "Разметка в AmigaOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1927,13 +1927,13 @@ msgstr "" "установкой." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Разметка в Atari TOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" "и приведёт к недоступности всего диска." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "описание<command>SCSITool</command> (от Hard+Soft GmBH)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела, то <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>, вероятно, лучший выбор." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -2045,7 +2045,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"device-names\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ msgstr "" "не говорили, что нужно сделать резервную копию?)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -2084,13 +2084,13 @@ msgstr "" "то что вам подходит." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "Разметка в MacOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -2127,13 +2127,13 @@ msgstr "" "MkLinux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "Разметка из SunOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2157,13 +2157,13 @@ msgstr "" "(CDROM)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Разметка из Linux или другой ОС" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr "" "возникнут проблемы с геометрией диска." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2202,13 +2202,13 @@ msgstr "" ">." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "Разметка MacOS/OSX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "разметки не показан в <application>Drive Setup</application>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ msgstr "" "OS 9 и OS X доступны и из OS 9 и из OS X." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2279,14 +2279,14 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживаются и MacOS и Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "" "Настройка аппаратного обеспечения и операционной системы перед установкой" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2306,13 +2306,13 @@ msgstr "" "проблемы аппаратного обеспечения, которые влияют на надёжность &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "Вызов меню настройки BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2343,13 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "" "производителя программы BIOS:" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "" @@ -2357,13 +2357,13 @@ msgstr "" "самотестирование при включении питания)" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2373,25 +2373,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo> или <keycap>Delete</keycap> во время POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "Клавиша <keycap>Esc</keycap> во время POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2403,13 +2403,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo> или <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "" "invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2448,13 +2448,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1535, index.docbook:1873 #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "Выбор загрузочного устройства" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2488,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" "разрешить загрузку с CD-ROM в SCSI-BIOS контроллера." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " @@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузку с <quote>Removable drive</quote> или даже с <quote>USB-ZIP</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2515,13 +2515,13 @@ msgstr "" "порядок после установки Linux на загрузку с жёсткого диска." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "Изменение порядка загрузки на компьютерах с IDE" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" "на компьютер, какие клавиши предназначены для этого." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2543,19 +2543,19 @@ msgstr "" "обычно вам нужно искать поле со списком дисководов." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "Распространённые поля на машинах с IDE: C, A, cdrom или A, C, cdrom." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C — это жёсткий диск, а A — дисковод гибких дисков." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ msgstr "" "значения." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2576,13 +2576,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Сохраните изменения. Как это сделать написано в подсказке на экране." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "Изменение порядка загрузки на компьютерах со SCSI" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." @@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройки SCSI." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2601,7 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "" "сделать, появляется подсказка на экране." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2613,20 +2613,20 @@ msgstr "" "нужную комбинацию посмотрите в документации на аппаратуру." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "Найдите пункт изменения порядка загрузки." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "Настройте так, что SCSI ID привода CD был первым в списке." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2636,19 +2636,19 @@ msgstr "" "вы должны нажать <keycap>F10</keycap>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "Другие настройки BIOS" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "Настройки CD-ROM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2662,13 +2662,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>seek failed</userinput>, вероятно, проблема в этом." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "Расширенная и дополнительная память" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2682,13 +2682,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux нужна расширенная память и он не использует дополнительную память." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "Защита от вирусов" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2713,13 +2713,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузчика. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "Shadow RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2743,13 +2743,13 @@ msgstr "" "включённой shadow RAM может мешать Linux при доступе к аппаратуре." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "Memory Hole" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "" "выключите это. Linux найдёт эту память, если она есть." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2781,13 +2781,13 @@ msgstr "" "а может и без него." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "Усовершенствованное управление питанием (Advanced Power Management)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2803,13 +2803,13 @@ msgstr "" "лучше чем BIOS." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "Версии микропрограммы и настройка существующих ОС" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2833,13 +2833,13 @@ msgstr "" "системах BVM, но доступен по запросу к BVM бесплатно." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "Вход в OpenFirmware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2854,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr "" "документации на железо, которая поставляется вместе с машиной." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2871,7 +2871,7 @@ msgstr "" "смотрите <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2895,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "" "модемный порт и запустить на ней программу терминала." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2917,13 +2917,13 @@ msgstr "" "button</guibutton>, чтобы установить заплатку микропрограммы в nvram." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "Вызов OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgstr "" "д." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы получить приглашение нового типа." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ msgstr "" "терминала." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ msgstr "" "openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " @@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -3070,19 +3070,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> и в Solaris:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "Настройка BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "3215/3270." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -3125,7 +3125,7 @@ msgstr "" "аппаратурой)) из LPAR, если HMC и эта опция вам доступны." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -3149,13 +3149,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "Родная и LPAR установки" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3171,13 +3171,13 @@ msgstr "" "Distributions</ulink> Redbook о том как настроить LPAR для Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "Установка в качестве гостевой виртуальной машины (VM)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3194,7 +3194,7 @@ msgstr "" "запуска Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -3208,13 +3208,13 @@ msgstr "" "постоянной длиной записи равной 80 символам." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "Настройка сервера установки" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3228,7 +3228,7 @@ msgstr "" "установить и должен быть доступен через NFS, HTTP или FTP." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3242,19 +3242,19 @@ msgstr "" "же деревом каталогов." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: нужно больше информации из Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "Аппаратные проблемы, которых нужно остерегаться" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "" "положенное значение решило проблему." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3293,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>gcc</command> по неожидаемому сигналу." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3309,7 +3309,7 @@ msgstr "" "FIXME: more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3329,7 +3329,7 @@ msgstr "" "модули с настоящей чётностью; смотрите <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3341,13 +3341,13 @@ msgstr "" "вызывает прерывание при ошибке чётности в памяти." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "Переключатель Тurbo" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3368,13 +3368,13 @@ msgstr "" "переключателем." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Процессоры Cyrix и ошибки при работе с дискетами" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>намного</emphasis> медленнее." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3404,13 +3404,13 @@ msgstr "" "переключения из 16-битного в 32-битный код." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "Настройки периферийного оборудования" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3424,7 +3424,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство; надеемся, что поможем вам полезными советами." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3438,13 +3438,13 @@ msgstr "" "мегабайт больше, чем доступной оперативной памяти в системе." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "Поддержка USB в BIOS и клавиатуры" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3465,13 +3465,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB keyboard support</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "Больше чем 64 МБ оперативной памяти" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3481,13 +3481,13 @@ msgstr "" "оперативной памяти. В этом случае смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index 767a6fc82..32849270e 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-25 13:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1249,13 +1249,25 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " -"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " -"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " -"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " -"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " -"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " -"will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку, то вам предложат выбрать одну из " "схем, описанных в таблице ниже. Любая схема имеет свои \"за\" и \"против\", " @@ -1266,73 +1278,73 @@ msgstr "" "направляющая разметка завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "Настольный компьютер" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "Многопользовательская рабочая станция" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1342,13 +1354,22 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " -"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " -"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " -"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" "Если вы выберите автоматическую разметку в системе IA64, то на ней появится " "дополнительный раздел, отформатированный как загружаемая файловая система " @@ -1357,10 +1378,10 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" @@ -1369,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначен для резервирования места для системного загрузчика aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1381,29 +1402,31 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " "into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " "line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " -"system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "Список разделов может выглядеть так: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -1427,16 +1450,19 @@ msgstr "" "необязательные флаги, файловую систему и точку монтирования (если есть)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " -"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "На этом направляющая разметка завершена. Если вам нравится сгенерированная " "таблица разделов, то вы можете выбрать <guimenuitem>Закончить разметку и " @@ -1447,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1462,7 +1488,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1476,8 +1502,8 @@ msgstr "" "новая строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ ПРОСТРАНСТВО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " "You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " @@ -1491,7 +1517,7 @@ msgid "" "or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Если вы выберите свободное пространство, вам предложат создать новый раздел. " "Вы должны ответить на несколько коротких вопросов о размере, типе (первичный " @@ -1509,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратно в главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1530,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1547,10 +1573,10 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." msgstr "" @@ -1559,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1575,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1589,13 +1615,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1612,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1632,7 +1658,7 @@ msgstr "" "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1653,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1680,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Изменение логических томов (LV)</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1692,13 +1718,13 @@ msgstr "" "настраиваются они одинаково)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройства Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1719,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1734,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1812,101 +1838,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1916,7 +1942,7 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1926,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1942,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1960,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1978,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1989,7 +2015,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2009,7 +2035,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2019,7 +2045,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2037,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2051,13 +2077,13 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Настройка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2067,13 +2093,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2087,13 +2113,13 @@ msgstr "" "выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Настройка времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2107,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2126,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" "время вместо GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2139,19 +2165,19 @@ msgstr "" "неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2166,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2182,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2195,13 +2221,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2216,7 +2242,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2237,7 +2263,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2250,7 +2276,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2260,13 +2286,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2280,13 +2306,13 @@ msgstr "" "может занять определённое время." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2302,7 +2328,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2314,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" "файле <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2328,13 +2354,13 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2351,13 +2377,13 @@ msgstr "" "с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2391,7 +2417,7 @@ msgstr "" "(поиск пакетов и отображение состояния) в отличном интерфейсе пользователя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2408,13 +2434,13 @@ msgstr "" "его по желаю после завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2431,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2466,7 +2492,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для возможных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2476,7 +2502,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> начнёт установку выбранных пакетов. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2486,7 +2512,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2500,7 +2526,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2515,13 +2541,13 @@ msgstr "" "этого процесса." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Настройка программы пересылки почты (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2537,7 +2563,7 @@ msgstr "" "маленькая, гибкая и лёгкая в освоении программа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2552,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "" "электронной почте." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2562,13 +2588,13 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите тот, который подходит вам больше всего:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "интернет-сайт" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2582,13 +2608,13 @@ msgstr "" "которых вы принимаете или передаёте почту." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "отправка почты через компьютер-шлюз (smarthost)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2607,13 +2633,13 @@ msgstr "" "подключение по телефонной линии." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "доставка только локальной почты" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2631,13 +2657,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям, потому что далее не задаётся больше никаких вопросов." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "в данный момент конфигурация отсутствует" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2651,7 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "" "пропустить некоторые важные сообщения от ваших системных утилит." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2667,13 +2693,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2687,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2703,13 +2729,13 @@ msgstr "" "в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2725,7 +2751,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2741,13 +2767,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2769,13 +2795,13 @@ msgstr "" "установлен Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2791,20 +2817,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2816,7 +2842,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2829,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2840,14 +2866,14 @@ msgstr "" "использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2864,7 +2890,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2878,7 +2904,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2888,13 +2914,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2904,13 +2930,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "раздел, созданный для Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2922,13 +2948,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2946,7 +2972,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2964,14 +2990,14 @@ msgstr "" "читайте в <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2999,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3016,13 +3042,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3040,13 +3066,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки, стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3076,13 +3102,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3094,13 +3120,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3114,13 +3140,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3135,13 +3161,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3153,13 +3179,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3173,13 +3199,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3223,13 +3249,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3239,13 +3265,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3255,13 +3281,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3270,13 +3296,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3286,13 +3312,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3320,13 +3346,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3337,13 +3363,13 @@ msgstr "" "встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3351,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3360,13 +3386,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3376,7 +3402,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3386,20 +3412,20 @@ msgstr "" "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3419,14 +3445,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3441,13 +3467,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3463,14 +3489,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3501,13 +3527,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3526,7 +3552,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3548,13 +3574,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3564,13 +3590,13 @@ msgstr "" "уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3584,7 +3610,7 @@ msgstr "" "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3598,13 +3624,13 @@ msgstr "" "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3616,13 +3642,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3634,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3650,13 +3676,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3679,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "" "называемый <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3697,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr "" "такие как автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3718,13 +3744,13 @@ msgstr "" "меню для входа в режим командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3742,7 +3768,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3764,7 +3790,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3774,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3796,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3808,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3839,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3857,7 +3883,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3877,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3892,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3900,3 +3926,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять " "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения." + +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "Настольный компьютер" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "Многопользовательская рабочая станция" diff --git a/po/sv/preparing.po b/po/sv/preparing.po index 226b614b4..59f2c9934 100644 --- a/po/sv/preparing.po +++ b/po/sv/preparing.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation guide 20051025 preparing\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-21 16:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,8 +22,15 @@ msgstr "Före installation av &debian;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:6 #, no-c-format -msgid "This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information." -msgstr "Det här kapitlet går igenom förberedelser för installation av Debian före du startar upp installeraren. Det här inkluderar säkerhetskopiering av ditt data, insamling av information om din maskinvara och att hitta all nödvändig information." +msgid "" +"This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you " +"even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering " +"information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information." +msgstr "" +"Det här kapitlet går igenom förberedelser för installation av Debian före du " +"startar upp installeraren. Det här inkluderar säkerhetskopiering av ditt " +"data, insamling av information om din maskinvara och att hitta all nödvändig " +"information." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:19 @@ -34,38 +41,83 @@ msgstr "Översikt av installationsprocessen" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:20 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case." -msgstr "Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer, med Debian är omständigheter som kräver en total ominstallation av ditt system mycket ovanliga; kanske mekaniska fel på hårddisken kan vara de mest vanliga orsakerna." +msgid "" +"First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that " +"will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps " +"mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case." +msgstr "" +"Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer, med Debian är " +"omständigheter som kräver en total ominstallation av ditt system mycket " +"ovanliga; kanske mekaniska fel på hårddisken kan vara de mest vanliga " +"orsakerna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:27 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS." -msgstr "Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta program du använder installeras om för att fungera korrekt i det nya operativsystemet." +msgid "" +"Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be " +"performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS " +"versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the " +"programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS." +msgstr "" +"Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs " +"när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av " +"operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta " +"program du använder installeras om för att fungera korrekt i det nya " +"operativsystemet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:35 #, no-c-format -msgid "Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system." -msgstr "Under &debian; är det mycket möjligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas istället för att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en total fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Programmen är nästan alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en ny programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem att se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och installeras så tänk på det som din absolut sista utväg. Installeraren är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad att installeras om över ett existerande system." +msgid "" +"Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather " +"than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale " +"installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost " +"always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version " +"requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that " +"all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The " +"point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-" +"installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system." +msgstr "" +"Under &debian; är det mycket möjligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas " +"istället för att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en " +"total fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Programmen " +"är nästan alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en " +"ny programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem " +"att se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och " +"installeras så tänk på det som din absolut sista utväg. Installeraren är " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad att installeras om över ett existerande " +"system." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation process." -msgstr "Här är en vägkarta för de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation " +"process." +msgstr "" +"Här är en vägkarta för de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:56 #, no-c-format -msgid "Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to install." -msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera existerande data eller dokument på hårddisken där du planerar att installera." +msgid "" +"Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Säkerhetskopiera existerande data eller dokument på hårddisken där du " +"planerar att installera." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:62 #, no-c-format -msgid "Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before starting the installation." -msgstr "Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation före du startar installationen." +msgid "" +"Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before " +"starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation före du " +"startar installationen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:68 @@ -76,14 +128,22 @@ msgstr "Skapa partitionerbart utrymme för Debian på din hårddisk." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:73 #, no-c-format -msgid "Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)." -msgstr "Hitta och/eller hämta installeringsprogramvaran och eventuella specialdrivrutiner som din maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)." +msgid "" +"Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver " +"files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)." +msgstr "" +"Hitta och/eller hämta installeringsprogramvaran och eventuella " +"specialdrivrutiner som din maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD users can boot from one of the CDs)." -msgstr "Ställ in band/disketter/USB-minnen för uppstart eller placera uppstartsfiler (de flesta användare med Debian-cd:s kan starta upp från en av cd-skivorna)." +msgid "" +"Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD " +"users can boot from one of the CDs)." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in band/disketter/USB-minnen för uppstart eller placera uppstartsfiler " +"(de flesta användare med Debian-cd:s kan starta upp från en av cd-skivorna)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:85 @@ -130,14 +190,22 @@ msgstr "Skapa och montera partitioner på vilka Debian kommer att installeras." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:122 #, no-c-format -msgid "Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>." -msgstr "Se den automatiska hämtningen/installeringen/konfigureringen av <firstterm>grundsystemet</firstterm>." +msgid "" +"Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</" +"firstterm>." +msgstr "" +"Se den automatiska hämtningen/installeringen/konfigureringen av " +"<firstterm>grundsystemet</firstterm>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/or your existing system." -msgstr "Installera en <firstterm>starthanterare</firstterm> som kan starta upp &debian; och/eller ditt existerande system." +msgid "" +"Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/" +"or your existing system." +msgstr "" +"Installera en <firstterm>starthanterare</firstterm> som kan starta upp " +"&debian; och/eller ditt existerande system." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:134 @@ -148,32 +216,79 @@ msgstr "Läs in det nyligen installerade systemet för första gången." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:141 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software actors in this installation drama:" -msgstr "Om du får problem under installationen, hjälper det att veta vilka paket som ingår i varje steg. Här är de ledande programvaruskådisarna i det här installationsdramat:" +msgid "" +"If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which " +"packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software " +"actors in this installation drama:" +msgstr "" +"Om du får problem under installationen, hjälper det att veta vilka paket som " +"ingår i varje steg. Här är de ledande programvaruskådisarna i det här " +"installationsdramat:" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:147 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network connection, and runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base system packages. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but <classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load the new system for the first time." -msgstr "Installeringsprogramvaran, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, är det primära målet för den här manualen. Den identifierar maskinvara och läser in lämpliga drivrutiner, använder <classname>dhcp-client</classname> för att ställa in nätverksanslutningen, och kör <classname>debootstrap</classname> för att installera grundsystempaketen. Många fler skådespelare spelar mindre roller i denna process, men <classname>debian-installer</classname> har gjort klart sin uppgift när du startar upp det nya systemet för första gången." +msgid "" +"The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the " +"primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate " +"drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network " +"connection, and runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base " +"system packages. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but " +"<classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load " +"the new system for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Installeringsprogramvaran, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, är det " +"primära målet för den här manualen. Den identifierar maskinvara och läser in " +"lämpliga drivrutiner, använder <classname>dhcp-client</classname> för att " +"ställa in nätverksanslutningen, och kör <classname>debootstrap</classname> " +"för att installera grundsystempaketen. Många fler skådespelare spelar mindre " +"roller i denna process, men <classname>debian-installer</classname> har " +"gjort klart sin uppgift när du startar upp det nya systemet för första " +"gången." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:157 #, no-c-format -msgid "To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web server or a Desktop environment." -msgstr "För att justera systemet för att passa dina behov, låter <classname>tasksel</classname> dig välja att installera olika fördefinierade samlingar av programvara såsom en webbserver eller en skrivbordsmiljö." +msgid "" +"To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you " +"to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web " +"server or a Desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"För att justera systemet för att passa dina behov, låter <classname>tasksel</" +"classname> dig välja att installera olika fördefinierade samlingar av " +"programvara såsom en webbserver eller en skrivbordsmiljö." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:163 #, no-c-format -msgid "When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." -msgstr "När <classname>debian-installer</classname> är klar, före första systemuppstarten, har du endast ett enkelt kommandoradsstyrt system. Det grafiska gränssnittet som visar fönster på din skärm kommer inte att installeras om du inte väljer det med <classname>tasksel</classname>. Det är valfritt på grund av att många &debian;-system är servrar som egentligen inte har något behov av ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att göra sitt jobb." +msgid "" +"When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first " +"system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The " +"graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be " +"installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's " +"optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have " +"any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." +msgstr "" +"När <classname>debian-installer</classname> är klar, före första " +"systemuppstarten, har du endast ett enkelt kommandoradsstyrt system. Det " +"grafiska gränssnittet som visar fönster på din skärm kommer inte att " +"installeras om du inte väljer det med <classname>tasksel</classname>. Det är " +"valfritt på grund av att många &debian;-system är servrar som egentligen " +"inte har något behov av ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att göra sitt " +"jobb." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:172 #, no-c-format -msgid "Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from <classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more complicated. Installation and trouble shooting of the X window installation is not within the scope of this manual." -msgstr "Tänk dock på att X-systemet är totalt separerat från <classname>debian-installer</classname>, och är faktiskt mycket mer komplicerat. Installation och felsökning av X-installationen täcks inte in av den här manualen." +msgid "" +"Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from " +"<classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more " +"complicated. Installation and trouble shooting of the X window installation " +"is not within the scope of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Tänk dock på att X-systemet är totalt separerat från <classname>debian-" +"installer</classname>, och är faktiskt mycket mer komplicerat. Installation " +"och felsökning av X-installationen täcks inte in av den här manualen." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:188 @@ -184,20 +299,62 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera din existerande data!" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:189 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you should count on losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move can cost you. Even after backing up be careful and think about your answers and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work." -msgstr "Före du börjar, se till att säkerhetskopiera alla filer som finns på ditt system. Om det här är första gången som ett helt nytt operativsystem installeras på din dator, är det stor chans att du behöver partitionera om din disk för att göra plats åt &debian;. När du partitionerar din disk bör du räkna med att allt på disken kommer att förloras, oavsett vilket program du använder för att göra det. Programmen som används i installationen är ganska tillförlitliga och de flesta har använts i flera år; men de är också ganska kraftfulla och ett litet felsteg kan kosta dig mycket. Även efter säkerhetskopieringen bör du vara försiktig och tänka dig för innan du svarar på eller gör något. Två minuters betänketid kan spara dig timmar av onödigt arbete." +msgid "" +"Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your " +"system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been " +"installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition " +"your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you " +"should count on losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you " +"use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most " +"have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move " +"can cost you. Even after backing up be careful and think about your answers " +"and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work." +msgstr "" +"Före du börjar, se till att säkerhetskopiera alla filer som finns på ditt " +"system. Om det här är första gången som ett helt nytt operativsystem " +"installeras på din dator, är det stor chans att du behöver partitionera om " +"din disk för att göra plats åt &debian;. När du partitionerar din disk bör " +"du räkna med att allt på disken kommer att förloras, oavsett vilket program " +"du använder för att göra det. Programmen som används i installationen är " +"ganska tillförlitliga och de flesta har använts i flera år; men de är också " +"ganska kraftfulla och ett litet felsteg kan kosta dig mycket. Även efter " +"säkerhetskopieringen bör du vara försiktig och tänka dig för innan du svarar " +"på eller gör något. Två minuters betänketid kan spara dig timmar av onödigt " +"arbete." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions." -msgstr "Om du skapar ett system med flera uppstartsval, se till att du har installationsmedia för de andra operativsystemen till hands. Speciellt om du partitionerar om din hårddisk, du kanske behöver installera om starthanteraren för ditt operativsystem, eller i många fall kanske hela operativsystemet och alla filer på de berörda partitionerna." +msgid "" +"If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the " +"distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. " +"Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have " +"to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole " +"operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions." +msgstr "" +"Om du skapar ett system med flera uppstartsval, se till att du har " +"installationsmedia för de andra operativsystemen till hands. Speciellt om du " +"partitionerar om din hårddisk, du kanske behöver installera om " +"starthanteraren för ditt operativsystem, eller i många fall kanske hela " +"operativsystemet och alla filer på de berörda partitionerna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:213 #, no-c-format -msgid "With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the <quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs." -msgstr "Med undantaget för BVM och Motorola VMEbus-datorer, den enda installationsmetoden som stöds på m68k-system är uppstart från en lokal disk eller diskett med en AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-baserad bootstrap, för de här maskinerna kommer du att behöva originaloperativsystemet för att starta upp Linux. För att starta upp Linux på BVM och Motorola VMEbus-maskiner behöver du uppstarts-ROM:en <quote>BVMBug</quote> eller <quote>16xBug</quote>." +msgid "" +"With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only " +"supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk " +"or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you " +"will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to " +"boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the " +"<quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs." +msgstr "" +"Med undantaget för BVM och Motorola VMEbus-datorer, den enda " +"installationsmetoden som stöds på m68k-system är uppstart från en lokal disk " +"eller diskett med en AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-baserad bootstrap, för de här " +"maskinerna kommer du att behöva originaloperativsystemet för att starta upp " +"Linux. För att starta upp Linux på BVM och Motorola VMEbus-maskiner behöver " +"du uppstarts-ROM:en <quote>BVMBug</quote> eller <quote>16xBug</quote>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:231 @@ -221,7 +378,8 @@ msgstr "Installationsmanual" #: preparing.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet du nu läser, finns i ren ASCII, HTML eller PDF-format." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet du nu läser, finns i ren ASCII, HTML eller PDF-format." #. Tag: itemizedlist #: preparing.xml:245 @@ -232,14 +390,28 @@ msgstr "&list-install-manual-files;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and translations</ulink>." -msgstr "Dokumentet du nu läser, som är den officiella versionen av Installationsguiden för utgåvan &releasename; av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the " +"Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in " +"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and " +"translations</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Dokumentet du nu läser, som är den officiella versionen av " +"Installationsguiden för utgåvan &releasename; av Debian; tillgänglig i " +"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">olika format och " +"översättningar</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." -msgstr "Dokumentet du nu läser, som är en utvecklingsversion av Installationsguiden för nästa utgåva av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the " +"Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=" +"\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Dokumentet du nu läser, som är en utvecklingsversion av Installationsguiden " +"för nästa utgåva av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-" +"manual;\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:272 @@ -250,8 +422,11 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarudokumentation" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." -msgstr "Innehåller ofta användbar information om hur du konfigurerar eller använder din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." +msgstr "" +"Innehåller ofta användbar information om hur du konfigurerar eller använder " +"din maskinvara." #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:284 @@ -292,8 +467,12 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarureferenser för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:318 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4" -msgstr "Installationsinstruktioner och enhetsdrivrutiner (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) för Linux på &arch-title; med 2.4-kärna" +msgid "" +"Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, " +"z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4" +msgstr "" +"Installationsinstruktioner och enhetsdrivrutiner (DASD, XPRAM, Console, " +"tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) för Linux på &arch-title; med 2.4-kärna" #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:330 @@ -304,8 +483,12 @@ msgstr "Enhetsdrivrutiner och installationskommandon" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:335 #, no-c-format -msgid "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and &arch-title; hardware." -msgstr "IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-title;-maskinvara." +msgid "" +"IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and " +"&arch-title; hardware." +msgstr "" +"IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-" +"title;-maskinvara." #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:345 @@ -316,8 +499,14 @@ msgstr "Linux för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:351 #, no-c-format -msgid "IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the same across all &arch-title; distributions." -msgstr "IBM Redbook beskriver Linux-utgåvor för mainframe. Den har inget kapitel om Debian men grundläggande installationsconcept är samma för alla &arch-title; utgåvor." +msgid "" +"IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. " +"It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the " +"same across all &arch-title; distributions." +msgstr "" +"IBM Redbook beskriver Linux-utgåvor för mainframe. Den har inget kapitel om " +"Debian men grundläggande installationsconcept är samma för alla &arch-title; " +"utgåvor." #. Tag: ulink #: preparing.xml:362 @@ -334,8 +523,14 @@ msgstr "Hitta informationskällor för maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:373 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with your hardware before the install." -msgstr "I många fall, kan installeraren automatiskt identifiera din maskinvara. Men för att vara förberedd rekommenderar vi att du gör dig hemmastadd med din maskinvara före installationen." +msgid "" +"In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your " +"hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with " +"your hardware before the install." +msgstr "" +"I många fall, kan installeraren automatiskt identifiera din maskinvara. Men " +"för att vara förberedd rekommenderar vi att du gör dig hemmastadd med din " +"maskinvara före installationen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:379 @@ -352,8 +547,14 @@ msgstr "Manualerna som kommer med varje maskinvarudel." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." -msgstr "BIOS-inställningarna på din dator. Du kan se de här skärmarna när du startar din dator genom att trycka på en tangentkombination. Leta i din manual efter kombinationen. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>." +msgid "" +"The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you " +"start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for " +"the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." +msgstr "" +"BIOS-inställningarna på din dator. Du kan se de här skärmarna när du startar " +"din dator genom att trycka på en tangentkombination. Leta i din manual efter " +"kombinationen. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:398 @@ -370,14 +571,25 @@ msgstr "Systemfönstret i Windows kontrollpanel." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and hard drive memory." -msgstr "Systemkommandon eller verktyg i ett annat operativsystem, inklusive filhanterarskärmar. Den här källan är speciellt användbar för information om RAM-minne och hårddisksutrymme." +msgid "" +"System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager " +"displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and " +"hard drive memory." +msgstr "" +"Systemkommandon eller verktyg i ett annat operativsystem, inklusive " +"filhanterarskärmar. Den här källan är speciellt användbar för information om " +"RAM-minne och hårddisksutrymme." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail." -msgstr "Din systemadministratör eller Internetleverantör. De här källorna kan informera dig om de inställningar du behöver för att ställa in din nätverksanslutning och e-post." +msgid "" +"Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can " +"tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail." +msgstr "" +"Din systemadministratör eller Internetleverantör. De här källorna kan " +"informera dig om de inställningar du behöver för att ställa in din " +"nätverksanslutning och e-post." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:429 @@ -416,1523 +628,2888 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "Deras ordning i systemet." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "Om IDE eller SCSI används (de flesta datorer använder IDE)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "Om IDE eller SCSI används (de flesta m68k-datorer använder SCSI)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 -#: preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "Tillgängligt ledigt utrymme." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "Partitioner." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "Partitioner där andra operativsystem är installerade." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Skärm" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 -#: preparing.xml:477 -#: preparing.xml:483 -#: preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "Modell och tillverkare." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "Upplösningar som stöds." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "Horisontell uppdateringsfrekvens." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "Vertikal uppdateringsfrekvens." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "Färgdjup (antal färger) som stöds." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "Skärmstorlek." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Mus" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "Typ: seriell, PS/2 eller USB." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "Port." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "Tillverkare." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "Antal knappar." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 -#: preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "Nätverk" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 -#: preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "Typ av adapter." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "Skrivare" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "Utskriftsupplösningar som stöds." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "Grafikkort" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "Tillgängligt videominne." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format -msgid "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your monitor's capabilities)." -msgstr "Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din skärm klarar av)." +msgid "" +"Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " +"monitor's capabilities)." +msgstr "" +"Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din " +"skärm klarar av)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "Enhetsnummer." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "Enhetsnummer." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "Relativt adapternummer för OSA-kort." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "Maskinvarukompatibilitet" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many different types of hardware as some operating systems." -msgstr "Många märkesprodukter fungerar utan problem på Linux. Maskinvara för Linux förbättras dagligen. Dock, Linux kör fortfarande inte så många olika typer av maskinvara som andra operativsystem." +msgid "" +"Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " +"for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many " +"different types of hardware as some operating systems." +msgstr "" +"Många märkesprodukter fungerar utan problem på Linux. Maskinvara för Linux " +"förbättras dagligen. Dock, Linux kör fortfarande inte så många olika typer " +"av maskinvara som andra operativsystem." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running version of Windows to work." -msgstr "Speciellt kan Linux normalt sett inte kör maskinvara som kräver en körande version av Windows för att fungera." +msgid "" +"In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " +"version of Windows to work." +msgstr "" +"Speciellt kan Linux normalt sett inte kör maskinvara som kräver en körande " +"version av Windows för att fungera." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they can quickly become obsolete." -msgstr "Även om viss Windows-specifik maskinvara går att få igång på Linux betyder det ofta en extra insats. Ytterligare är Linux-drivrutiner för Windows-specifik maskinvara ofta specifik till en Linux-kärna. Därför kan de fort bli föråldrade." +msgid "" +"Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " +"so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-" +"specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they " +"can quickly become obsolete." +msgstr "" +"Även om viss Windows-specifik maskinvara går att få igång på Linux betyder " +"det ofta en extra insats. Ytterligare är Linux-drivrutiner för Windows-" +"specifik maskinvara ofta specifik till en Linux-kärna. Därför kan de fort " +"bli föråldrade." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format -msgid "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." -msgstr "Så kallade win-modem är den mest vanliga typen av den maskinvaran. Dock kan även skrivare och annan utrustning vara Windows-specifika." +msgid "" +"So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " +"printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." +msgstr "" +"Så kallade win-modem är den mest vanliga typen av den maskinvaran. Dock kan " +"även skrivare och annan utrustning vara Windows-specifika." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "Du kan kontrollera maskinvarukompatibiliteten genom att:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "Kontrollera tillverkarens webbplatser för nya drivrutiner." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." -msgstr "Ser på webbsidor eller manualer efter information om emulering. Mindre kända märken kan ibland använda drivrutiner eller inställningar från mer kända märken." +msgid "" +"Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " +"known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." +msgstr "" +"Ser på webbsidor eller manualer efter information om emulering. Mindre kända " +"märken kan ibland använda drivrutiner eller inställningar från mer kända " +"märken." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to your architecture." -msgstr "Sök i maskinvarukompatibilitetslistor för Linux på webbsidor som är dedicerade för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Sök i maskinvarukompatibilitetslistor för Linux på webbsidor som är " +"dedicerade för din arkitektur." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "Sök på Internet efter andra användares erfarenheter." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Nätverksinställningar" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your network's system administrator for this information." -msgstr "Om din dator är ansluten till ett nätverk dygnet runt (exempelvis, Ethernet eller liknande anslutning — inte en PPP-anslutning), bör du fråga din nätverksadministratör efter den informationen." +msgid "" +"If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " +"or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your " +"network's system administrator for this information." +msgstr "" +"Om din dator är ansluten till ett nätverk dygnet runt (exempelvis, Ethernet " +"eller liknande anslutning — inte en PPP-anslutning), bör du fråga din " +"nätverksadministratör efter den informationen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "Ditt värdnamn (du kanske kan välja det här helt på egen hand)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "Ditt domännamn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "Din dators IP-adress." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "Nätmasken som används på ditt nätverk." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." -msgstr "IP-adressen till den gateway som är standardrutten ut från ditt nätverk, om ditt nätverk <emphasis>har</emphasis> en gateway." +msgid "" +"The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " +"network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." +msgstr "" +"IP-adressen till den gateway som är standardrutten ut från ditt nätverk, om " +"ditt nätverk <emphasis>har</emphasis> en gateway." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name Service) server." -msgstr "Systemet på ditt nätverk som du bör använda som en DNS-server (Domännamnstjänst)." +msgid "" +"The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " +"Service) server." +msgstr "" +"Systemet på ditt nätverk som du bör använda som en DNS-server " +"(Domännamnstjänst)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the installation process." -msgstr "Å andra sidan, om din administratör berättar för dig att en DHCP-server finns tillgänglig och rekommenderas, behöver du inte den här information för att DHCP-servern kommer att ge ut den direkt till din dator under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " +"available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because " +"the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Å andra sidan, om din administratör berättar för dig att en DHCP-server " +"finns tillgänglig och rekommenderas, behöver du inte den här information för " +"att DHCP-servern kommer att ge ut den direkt till din dator under " +"installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "Om du använder ett trådlöst nätverk, bör du också ta reda på:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "ESSID för ditt trådlösa nätverk." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "WEP-säkerhetsnyckel (om sådan används)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Matcha minimikrav för maskinvara" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to do." -msgstr "När du har samlat in information om maskinvaran i din dator, kontrollera att din maskinvara låter dig göra den typ av installation som du vill göra." +msgid "" +"Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " +"that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to " +"do." +msgstr "" +"När du har samlat in information om maskinvaran i din dator, kontrollera att " +"din maskinvara låter dig göra den typ av installation som du vill göra." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." -msgstr "Beroende på dina behov, kan du klara dig med mindre än vad som rekommenderas av maskinvaran listad i tabellen nedan. Dock, de flesta användare riskerar att bli frustrerade om de ignorera de här förslagen." +msgid "" +"Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " +"recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk " +"being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på dina behov, kan du klara dig med mindre än vad som rekommenderas " +"av maskinvaran listad i tabellen nedan. Dock, de flesta användare riskerar " +"att bli frustrerade om de ignorera de här förslagen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format -msgid "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium II-300 for a Server." -msgstr "En Pentium 100 är minimum rekommendationen för skrivbordssystem, och en Pentium II-300 för servrar." +msgid "" +"A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " +"II-300 for a Server." +msgstr "" +"En Pentium 100 är minimum rekommendationen för skrivbordssystem, och en " +"Pentium II-300 för servrar." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format -msgid "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by with a little less drive space than shown." -msgstr "En 68030 eller bättre processor rekommenderas för m68k-installationer. Du kan klara dig undan med lite mindre diskutrymme än vad som anges här." +msgid "" +"A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " +"with a little less drive space than shown." +msgstr "" +"En 68030 eller bättre processor rekommenderas för m68k-installationer. Du " +"kan klara dig undan med lite mindre diskutrymme än vad som anges här." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." -msgstr "Alla OldWorld eller NewWorld PowerPC kan fungera bra som ett skrivbordssystem. För servrar är rekommendationen minst en 132 Mhz-maskin." +msgid "" +"Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " +"servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Alla OldWorld eller NewWorld PowerPC kan fungera bra som ett " +"skrivbordssystem. För servrar är rekommendationen minst en 132 Mhz-maskin." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "Rekommenderade minimala systemkrav" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "Installationstyp" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>RAM</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "hårddisk" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "Ingen skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "Med skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 gigabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 gigabyte" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en uppskattning på några vanliga systemkonfigurationer för Debian. Du kan också få en överblick om det diskutrymme som används av relaterade programgrupper genom att referera till <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " +"get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by " +"referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en uppskattning på några vanliga systemkonfigurationer för Debian. Du " +"kan också få en överblick om det diskutrymme som används av relaterade " +"programgrupper genom att referera till <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "Standardserver" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." -msgstr "Det här är en liten serverprofil, användbar för en avklädd server som inte har en massa lull-lull för skalanvändare. Den inkluderar en FTP-server, en webbserver, DNS, NIS och POP. För den här bör 100MB diskutrymme räcka och sedan kan du behöva lägga till utrymme för den data du vill lägga in." +msgid "" +"This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " +"not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web " +"server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and " +"then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten serverprofil, användbar för en avklädd server som inte " +"har en massa lull-lull för skalanvändare. Den inkluderar en FTP-server, en " +"webbserver, DNS, NIS och POP. För den här bör 100MB diskutrymme räcka och " +"sedan kan du behöva lägga till utrymme för den data du vill lägga in." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format -msgid "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard desktop task, though it can be done in far less." -msgstr "En standard skrivbordsburk, inklusive X-fönstersystemet, hela skrivbordsmiljöer, ljud, redigerare, etc. Du komma att behöva ungefär 2 GB med standardskrivbordsuppgiften, även om den kan göras mycket mindre." +msgid "" +"A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " +"environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard " +"desktop task, though it can be done in far less." +msgstr "" +"En standard skrivbordsburk, inklusive X-fönstersystemet, hela " +"skrivbordsmiljöer, ljud, redigerare, etc. Du komma att behöva ungefär 2 GB " +"med standardskrivbordsuppgiften, även om den kan göras mycket mindre." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "Arbetskonsoll" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format -msgid "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is around 140MB." -msgstr "En mer avklädd användarmaskin, utan X-fönstersystemet eller X-program. Passar möjligen för en bärbar eller mobil dator. Storleken är ungefär 140 MB." +msgid "" +"A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " +"applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is " +"around 140MB." +msgstr "" +"En mer avklädd användarmaskin, utan X-fönstersystemet eller X-program. " +"Passar möjligen för en bärbar eller mobil dator. Storleken är ungefär 140 MB." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "Utvecklare" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format -msgid "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of machine." -msgstr "En skrivbordskonfiguration med alla utvecklingspaket, såsom Perl, C, C++ etc. Storlek på ungefär 475 MB. Om du lägger in X11 och några ytterligare paket för annan användning, bör du planera ungefär 800 MB för den här typen av maskin." +msgid "" +"A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " +"etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional " +"packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of " +"machine." +msgstr "" +"En skrivbordskonfiguration med alla utvecklingspaket, såsom Perl, C, C++ " +"etc. Storlek på ungefär 475 MB. Om du lägger in X11 och några ytterligare " +"paket för annan användning, bör du planera ungefär 800 MB för den här typen " +"av maskin." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format -msgid "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." -msgstr "Tänk på att de här storlekarna inte inkluderar allt material som normalt sett kan hittas, såsom användarfiler, e-post, och data. Det är alltid bäst att vara generös när du beräknar utrymmet för dina egna filer och data. Speciellt partitionen <filename>/var</filename> innehåller en hel del statusinformation specifik till Debian i tillägg till sitt vanliga innehåll som exempelvis loggfiler. Filerna för <command>dpkg</command> (med information om alla installerade paket) kan enkelt ta upp 20MB. Även, <command>apt-get</command> lägger hämtade paket här före dem installeras. Du bör normalt sett allokera åtminstone 100MB för <filename>/var</filename>." +msgid "" +"Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " +"usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best " +"to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. " +"Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state " +"information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like " +"logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all " +"installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</" +"command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should " +"usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att de här storlekarna inte inkluderar allt material som normalt " +"sett kan hittas, såsom användarfiler, e-post, och data. Det är alltid bäst " +"att vara generös när du beräknar utrymmet för dina egna filer och data. " +"Speciellt partitionen <filename>/var</filename> innehåller en hel del " +"statusinformation specifik till Debian i tillägg till sitt vanliga innehåll " +"som exempelvis loggfiler. Filerna för <command>dpkg</command> (med " +"information om alla installerade paket) kan enkelt ta upp 20MB. Även, " +"<command>apt-get</command> lägger hämtade paket här före dem installeras. Du " +"bör normalt sett allokera åtminstone 100MB för <filename>/var</filename>." # Kolla denna #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "Förpartionering för system med flera operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one room it doesn't affect any other room." -msgstr "Partitionering av din disk refererar helt enkelt till processen att dela upp din disk i sektioner. Varje sektion blir då oberoende av de andra. Det är grovt sett likvärdigt med att sätta upp väggar inne i ett hus; om du ställer in möbler i ett rum så påverkar de inte något annat rum." +msgid "" +"Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " +"into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly " +"equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one " +"room it doesn't affect any other room." +msgstr "" +"Partitionering av din disk refererar helt enkelt till processen att dela upp " +"din disk i sektioner. Varje sektion blir då oberoende av de andra. Det är " +"grovt sett likvärdigt med att sätta upp väggar inne i ett hus; om du ställer " +"in möbler i ett rum så påverkar de inte något annat rum." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." -msgstr "När den här sektionen nämner <quote>diskar</quote> bör du översätta det till en DASD eller VM-minidisk i &arch-title;-världen. Även, en maskin betyder en LPAR eller VM-gäst i det här fallet." +msgid "" +"Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " +"this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine " +"means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." +msgstr "" +"När den här sektionen nämner <quote>diskar</quote> bör du översätta det till " +"en DASD eller VM-minidisk i &arch-title;-världen. Även, en maskin betyder en " +"LPAR eller VM-gäst i det här fallet." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." -msgstr "Om du redan har ett operativsystem på ditt system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, …) </phrase> och vill ha Linux på samma disk, behöver du partitionera om disken. Debian kräver sina egna hårddiskpartitioner. Det kan inte installeras på Windows- eller MacOS-partitioner. Det kan dela vissa partitioner med andra Linux-system, men det täcks inte in här. Du behöver åtminstone en dedicerad partition för Debians rot." +msgid "" +"If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, " +"…) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, " +"Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, " +"OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac " +"OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will " +"need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. " +"It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to " +"share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. " +"At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." +msgstr "" +"Om du redan har ett operativsystem på ditt system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> " +"(Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, " +"FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, " +"…) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, " +"…) </phrase> och vill ha Linux på samma disk, behöver du partitionera " +"om disken. Debian kräver sina egna hårddiskpartitioner. Det kan inte " +"installeras på Windows- eller MacOS-partitioner. Det kan dela vissa " +"partitioner med andra Linux-system, men det täcks inte in här. Du behöver " +"åtminstone en dedicerad partition för Debians rot." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show existing partitions without making changes." -msgstr "Du kan hitta information om din aktuella partitionskonfiguration genom att använda ett partitioneringsverktyg för ditt aktuella operativsystem<phrase arch=\"i386\">, såsom fdisk eller PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, såsom Drive Setup, HD Toolkit eller MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, såsom HD SC Setup, HDToolBox eller SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, såsom VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioneringsverktyg erbjuder alltid ett sätt att visa existerande partitioner utan att göra ändringar." +msgid "" +"You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " +"partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, " +"such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as " +"Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as " +"HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as " +"the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show " +"existing partitions without making changes." +msgstr "" +"Du kan hitta information om din aktuella partitionskonfiguration genom att " +"använda ett partitioneringsverktyg för ditt aktuella operativsystem<phrase " +"arch=\"i386\">, såsom fdisk eller PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=" +"\"powerpc\">, såsom Drive Setup, HD Toolkit eller MacTools</phrase><phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">, såsom HD SC Setup, HDToolBox eller SCSITool</phrase><phrase " +"arch=\"s390\">, såsom VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioneringsverktyg erbjuder " +"alltid ett sätt att visa existerande partitioner utan att göra ändringar." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format -msgid "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you risk destroying it." -msgstr "Allmänt sett, ändra en partition med ett redan aktivt filsystem på sig kommer att förstöra all information där. Därför bör du alltid göra säkerhetskopior före du partitionerar om. Om man använder jämförelsen med huset skulle du antagligen vilja flytta ut alla möbler före väggarna flyttas annars riskerar du att förstöra dem." +msgid "" +"In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " +"destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before " +"doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably " +"want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you " +"risk destroying it." +msgstr "" +"Allmänt sett, ändra en partition med ett redan aktivt filsystem på sig " +"kommer att förstöra all information där. Därför bör du alltid göra " +"säkerhetskopior före du partitionerar om. Om man använder jämförelsen med " +"huset skulle du antagligen vilja flytta ut alla möbler före väggarna flyttas " +"annars riskerar du att förstöra dem." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: skriva om HP-UX-diskar?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included partitioning program can handle the job nicely." -msgstr "Om din dator har fler än en hårddisk, kanske du vill dedicera en av hårddisk helt till Debian. Om så är fallet, behöver du inte partitionera den disken före uppstarten av installationssystemet; installerarens inkluderade partitioneringsprogram kan vackert hantera det jobbet." +msgid "" +"If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " +"of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition " +"that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included " +"partitioning program can handle the job nicely." +msgstr "" +"Om din dator har fler än en hårddisk, kanske du vill dedicera en av hårddisk " +"helt till Debian. Om så är fallet, behöver du inte partitionera den disken " +"före uppstarten av installationssystemet; installerarens inkluderade " +"partitioneringsprogram kan vackert hantera det jobbet." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs." -msgstr "Om din maskin endast har en hårddisk, och du vill ersätta hela det aktuella operativsystemet med &debian;, kan du också vänta med att partitionera som en del av installationsprocessen (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), efter du har startat upp installationssystemet. Dock fungerar endast det här om du planerar att starta upp installeringssystemet från tape, cd-rom eller filer på en ansluten maskin. Tänk på: om du startar upp från filer placerade på hårddisken, och sedan partitionerar samma hårddisk i installationssystemet, och därav raderar uppstartsfilerna, är det bara att hoppas att installationen lyckas första gången. Åtminstone i det här fallet, bör du ha något alternativt sätt att återuppliva din maskin såsom det ursprungliga systemets installationstape eller cd-skivor." +msgid "" +"If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " +"replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to " +"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), " +"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if " +"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a " +"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, " +"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus " +"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the " +"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate " +"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes " +"or CDs." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin endast har en hårddisk, och du vill ersätta hela det aktuella " +"operativsystemet med &debian;, kan du också vänta med att partitionera som " +"en del av installationsprocessen (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), efter du har " +"startat upp installationssystemet. Dock fungerar endast det här om du " +"planerar att starta upp installeringssystemet från tape, cd-rom eller filer " +"på en ansluten maskin. Tänk på: om du startar upp från filer placerade på " +"hårddisken, och sedan partitionerar samma hårddisk i installationssystemet, " +"och därav raderar uppstartsfilerna, är det bara att hoppas att " +"installationen lyckas första gången. Åtminstone i det här fallet, bör du ha " +"något alternativt sätt att återuppliva din maskin såsom det ursprungliga " +"systemets installationstape eller cd-skivor." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that force you to partition before installing anyway." -msgstr "Om din maskin redan har ett flertal partitioner, och tillräckligt utrymme kan erbjudas genom att ta bort och ersätta en eller flera av dem, kan du även vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer. Du bör fortfarande läsa genom materialet nedan, på grund av att det kan finnas speciella omständigheter såsom ordningen på existerande partitioner inom partitionskartan, som ändå tvingar dig att partitionera före installation." +msgid "" +"If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " +"provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can " +"wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still " +"read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances " +"like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that " +"force you to partition before installing anyway." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin redan har ett flertal partitioner, och tillräckligt utrymme " +"kan erbjudas genom att ta bort och ersätta en eller flera av dem, kan du " +"även vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer. Du bör " +"fortfarande läsa genom materialet nedan, på grund av att det kan finnas " +"speciella omständigheter såsom ordningen på existerande partitioner inom " +"partitionskartan, som ändå tvingar dig att partitionera före installation." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the filesystem." -msgstr "Om din maskin har ett FAT- eller NTFS-filsystem, som används av DOS och Windows, kan du vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer för att ändra storleken på filsystemet." +msgid "" +"If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " +"you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the " +"filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin har ett FAT- eller NTFS-filsystem, som används av DOS och " +"Windows, kan du vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian " +"Installer för att ändra storleken på filsystemet." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to retain." -msgstr "Om inget av ovanstående gäller för dig, behöver du partitionera din hårddisk före du startar upp installationen för att skapa partitionerbart utrymme för Debian. Om några av partitionerna kommer att ägas av andra operativsystem, bör du skapa de partitionerna med partitionsprogrammen för det operativsystemet. Vi rekommenderar att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> försöker skapa partitioner för &debian; med verktyg från ett annat operativsystem. Du bör istället bara skapa de partitioner för det ursprungliga operativsystemet som du vill bibehålla." +msgid "" +"If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " +"starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some " +"of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should " +"create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. " +"We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create " +"partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you " +"should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to " +"retain." +msgstr "" +"Om inget av ovanstående gäller för dig, behöver du partitionera din hårddisk " +"före du startar upp installationen för att skapa partitionerbart utrymme för " +"Debian. Om några av partitionerna kommer att ägas av andra operativsystem, " +"bör du skapa de partitionerna med partitionsprogrammen för det " +"operativsystemet. Vi rekommenderar att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> försöker " +"skapa partitioner för &debian; med verktyg från ett annat operativsystem. Du " +"bör istället bara skapa de partitioner för det ursprungliga operativsystemet " +"som du vill bibehålla." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." -msgstr "Om du kommer att installera fler än ett operativsystem på samma maskin, bör du installera alla andra system före du börjar med Linux-installationen. Windows och andra installationer kan förstöra möjligheten att starta Linux, eller uppmuntrar dig att formatera om icke-ursprungliga partitioner." +msgid "" +"If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " +"machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux " +"installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to " +"start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." +msgstr "" +"Om du kommer att installera fler än ett operativsystem på samma maskin, bör " +"du installera alla andra system före du börjar med Linux-installationen. " +"Windows och andra installationer kan förstöra möjligheten att starta Linux, " +"eller uppmuntrar dig att formatera om icke-ursprungliga partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native system first saves you trouble." -msgstr "Du kan reparera efter de här åtgärderna eller undvika dem, men installera det ursprungliga systemet först sparar dig en hel del problem." +msgid "" +"You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " +"system first saves you trouble." +msgstr "" +"Du kan reparera efter de här åtgärderna eller undvika dem, men installera " +"det ursprungliga systemet först sparar dig en hel del problem." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, and replace it with Linux partitions." -msgstr "För att OpenFirmware ska automatiskt starta upp &debian; bör Linux-partitionerna visas före alla andra partitioner på disken, speciellt uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Det bör tänkas på vid förpartitionering; du bör skapa en tom Linux-partition som kommer <emphasis>före</emphasis> de andra uppstartsbara partitioner på disken. (De små partitionerna dedicerade för Apple-diskdrivrutiner är inte uppstartsbara.) Du kan ta bort den tomma partitionen med Linux egna partitionsverktyg senare under den faktiska installationen, och ersätta den med Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " +"partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; " +"you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</" +"emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions " +"dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the " +"placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, " +"and replace it with Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"För att OpenFirmware ska automatiskt starta upp &debian; bör Linux-" +"partitionerna visas före alla andra partitioner på disken, speciellt " +"uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Det bör tänkas på vid förpartitionering; du " +"bör skapa en tom Linux-partition som kommer <emphasis>före</emphasis> de " +"andra uppstartsbara partitioner på disken. (De små partitionerna dedicerade " +"för Apple-diskdrivrutiner är inte uppstartsbara.) Du kan ta bort den tomma " +"partitionen med Linux egna partitionsverktyg senare under den faktiska " +"installationen, och ersätta den med Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system and Debian, you will need to:" -msgstr "Om du för närvarande har en hårddisk med en partition (en vanlig inställning för skrivbordsdatorer) och du vill få möjlighet att starta upp både det ursprungliga operativsystemet och Debian, behöver du göra följande: " +msgid "" +"If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " +"desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system " +"and Debian, you will need to:" +msgstr "" +"Om du för närvarande har en hårddisk med en partition (en vanlig inställning " +"för skrivbordsdatorer) och du vill få möjlighet att starta upp både det " +"ursprungliga operativsystemet och Debian, behöver du göra följande: " #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera allt på datorn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active MacOS system.</phrase>" -msgstr "Starta upp från det ursprungliga operativsystemets installationsmedia såsom cd-rom eller tape. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Vid uppstart från en MacOS-cd, håll nere tangenten <keycap>c</keycap> vid uppstart för att tvinga cd-skivan att bli det aktiva MacOS-systemet.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " +"tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the " +"<keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active " +"MacOS system.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Starta upp från det ursprungliga operativsystemets installationsmedia såsom " +"cd-rom eller tape. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Vid uppstart från en MacOS-cd, " +"håll nere tangenten <keycap>c</keycap> vid uppstart för att tvinga cd-skivan " +"att bli det aktiva MacOS-systemet.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." -msgstr "Använd de ursprungliga partitioneringsverktygen för att skapa ursprungliga systempartition(er). Lämna antingen kvar en tom partition eller frigör utrymme för &debian;." +msgid "" +"Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " +"Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Använd de ursprungliga partitioneringsverktygen för att skapa ursprungliga " +"systempartition(er). Lämna antingen kvar en tom partition eller frigör " +"utrymme för &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "Installera det ursprungliga operativsystemet på dess nya partition." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download the Debian installer boot files." -msgstr "Start upp det ursprungliga systemet igen för att validera att allting är OK, och hämta sedan ner uppstartsfilerna för Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " +"the Debian installer boot files." +msgstr "" +"Start upp det ursprungliga systemet igen för att validera att allting är OK, " +"och hämta sedan ner uppstartsfilerna för Debian Installer." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "Starta upp Debian Installer för att fortsätta installera Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Partitionering i Tru64 UNIX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format -msgid "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." -msgstr "Tru64 UNIX, tidigare känd som Digital UNIX, som i sin tur är känd som OSF/1, använder ett partitioneringsschema liknande BSD <quote>disketikett</quote>, vilken tillåter upp till åtta partitioner per disk. Partitionerna numreras från <quote>1</quote> till <quote>8</quote> i Linux och <quote>bokstäverna</quote> <quote>a</quote> till <quote>h</quote> i UNIX. Linux 2.2-kärnor och högre motsvarar alltid <quote>1</quote> till <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> till <quote>b</quote> och så vidare. Till exempel, <filename>rz0e</filename> i Tru64 UNIX skulle sannolikt kallas för <filename>sda5</filename> i Linux." +msgid "" +"Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " +"as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</" +"quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The " +"partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in " +"Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</" +"quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</" +"quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. " +"For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be " +"called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." +msgstr "" +"Tru64 UNIX, tidigare känd som Digital UNIX, som i sin tur är känd som OSF/1, " +"använder ett partitioneringsschema liknande BSD <quote>disketikett</quote>, " +"vilken tillåter upp till åtta partitioner per disk. Partitionerna numreras " +"från <quote>1</quote> till <quote>8</quote> i Linux och <quote>bokstäverna</" +"quote> <quote>a</quote> till <quote>h</quote> i UNIX. Linux 2.2-kärnor och " +"högre motsvarar alltid <quote>1</quote> till <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</" +"quote> till <quote>b</quote> och så vidare. Till exempel, <filename>rz0e</" +"filename> i Tru64 UNIX skulle sannolikt kallas för <filename>sda5</filename> " +"i Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." -msgstr "Partitioner i en Tru64-disketikett kan överlappas. Dessutom, om denn disk kommer att användas från Tru64, krävs det att <quote>c</quote>-partitionen spänner över hela disken (därav överlapar alla andra icke-tomma partitioner). Under Linux gör det att <filename>sda3</filename> är identisk med <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> till <filename>sdb</filename>, om den finns, och så vidare). Dock, partitioneringsverktyget partman som används av &d-i; kan inte hantera överlappande partitioner för tillfället. Som ett resultat av det rekommenderas det för närvarande inte att dela diskar mellan Tru64 och Debian. Partitioner på Tru64-diskar kan monteras under Debian efter installation är färdig." +msgid "" +"Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " +"used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the " +"entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux " +"this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> " +"(<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so " +"on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle " +"overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not " +"recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 " +"disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." +msgstr "" +"Partitioner i en Tru64-disketikett kan överlappas. Dessutom, om denn disk " +"kommer att användas från Tru64, krävs det att <quote>c</quote>-partitionen " +"spänner över hela disken (därav överlapar alla andra icke-tomma " +"partitioner). Under Linux gör det att <filename>sda3</filename> är identisk " +"med <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> till <filename>sdb</" +"filename>, om den finns, och så vidare). Dock, partitioneringsverktyget " +"partman som används av &d-i; kan inte hantera överlappande partitioner för " +"tillfället. Som ett resultat av det rekommenderas det för närvarande inte " +"att dela diskar mellan Tru64 och Debian. Partitioner på Tru64-diskar kan " +"monteras under Debian efter installation är färdig." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file system onto it, or you'll destroy data." -msgstr "Ett annat konventionellt krav är för <quote>a</quote>-partitionen att starta från början av disken, så att den alltid inkluderar startsektorn med disketiketten. Om du tänker starta upp Debian från den disken, behöver du ställa in den till åtminstone 2 MB för att få plats med aboot och kanske en kärna. Notera att den partitionen krävs endast för kompatibilitet; du måste inte lägga ett filsystem på den, eller så förstör du data." +msgid "" +"Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " +"start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot " +"block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you " +"need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that " +"this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file " +"system onto it, or you'll destroy data." +msgstr "" +"Ett annat konventionellt krav är för <quote>a</quote>-partitionen att starta " +"från början av disken, så att den alltid inkluderar startsektorn med " +"disketiketten. Om du tänker starta upp Debian från den disken, behöver du " +"ställa in den till åtminstone 2 MB för att få plats med aboot och kanske en " +"kärna. Notera att den partitionen krävs endast för kompatibilitet; du måste " +"inte lägga ett filsystem på den, eller så förstör du data." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a <command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." -msgstr "Det är möjligt, och även ganska vettigt, att dela en växlingspartition mellan UNIX och Linux. I detta fall behövs det göra en <command>mkswap</command> på den partitionen varje gång systemet startas om från UNIX till Linux, eftersom UNIX kommer att skada växlingssignaturen. Du kanske vill köra <command>mkswap</command> från uppstartsskripten i Linux före växlingsutrymmet läggs till med <command>swapon -a</command>." +msgid "" +"It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " +"between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a " +"<command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is " +"rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You " +"may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts " +"before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt, och även ganska vettigt, att dela en växlingspartition " +"mellan UNIX och Linux. I detta fall behövs det göra en <command>mkswap</" +"command> på den partitionen varje gång systemet startas om från UNIX till " +"Linux, eftersom UNIX kommer att skada växlingssignaturen. Du kanske vill " +"köra <command>mkswap</command> från uppstartsskripten i Linux före " +"växlingsutrymmet läggs till med <command>swapon -a</command>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only understands the former." -msgstr "Om du vill montera UNIX-partitioner under Linux, notera att Digital UNIX kan använda två olika filsystemstyper, UFS och AdvFS, av vilka Linux endast förstår det senare." +msgid "" +"If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " +"use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only " +"understands the former." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill montera UNIX-partitioner under Linux, notera att Digital UNIX kan " +"använda två olika filsystemstyper, UFS och AdvFS, av vilka Linux endast " +"förstår det senare." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Partitionering i Windows NT" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format -msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information." -msgstr "Windows NT använder en PC-liknande partitionstabell. Om du manipulerar existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du använder den ursprungliga verktygen i Windows NT (eller, mer lämpligt, du kan även partitionera om din disk från inställningsmenyn i AlphaBIOS). Dock är det inte direkt nödvändigt att partitionera från Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb. Notera att när du kör NT, kan Disk Administrator erbjuda dig att skriva en <quote>harmless signature</quote> på icke-Windows-diskar om du har några. Låt den <emphasis>aldrig</emphasis> göra det, eftersom den signaturen kommer att förstöra partitionsinformationen." +msgid "" +"Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " +"existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " +"Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " +"from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " +"partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " +"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " +"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"destroy the partition information." +msgstr "" +"Windows NT använder en PC-liknande partitionstabell. Om du manipulerar " +"existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du använder " +"den ursprungliga verktygen i Windows NT (eller, mer lämpligt, du kan även " +"partitionera om din disk från inställningsmenyn i AlphaBIOS). Dock är det " +"inte direkt nödvändigt att partitionera från Windows; Linux egna " +"partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb. Notera att när du " +"kör NT, kan Disk Administrator erbjuda dig att skriva en <quote>harmless " +"signature</quote> på icke-Windows-diskar om du har några. Låt den " +"<emphasis>aldrig</emphasis> göra det, eftersom den signaturen kommer att " +"förstöra partitionsinformationen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." -msgstr "Om du planerar att starta upp Linux från en ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS-konsoll, behöver du en (liten) FAT-partition för MILO. 5 MB bör räcka. Om Windows NT är installerad kan dess 6 MB stora bootstrap-partition användas för detta ändamål. Debian &releasename; har inte stöd för att installera MILO. Om du redan har MILO installerad på ditt system, eller installera MILO från annat media, kan Debian fortfarande startas upp från ARC." +msgid "" +"If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " +"need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows " +"NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this " +"purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you " +"already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other " +"media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att starta upp Linux från en ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS-konsoll, " +"behöver du en (liten) FAT-partition för MILO. 5 MB bör räcka. Om Windows NT " +"är installerad kan dess 6 MB stora bootstrap-partition användas för detta " +"ändamål. Debian &releasename; har inte stöd för att installera MILO. Om du " +"redan har MILO installerad på ditt system, eller installera MILO från annat " +"media, kan Debian fortfarande startas upp från ARC." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "Partitionera från DOS eller Windows" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." -msgstr "Om du manipulerar existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du antingen använder schemat nedan eller de ursprungliga verktygen i Windows eller DOS. Om inte, är det egentligen inte nödvändigt att partitionera från DOS eller Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb." +msgid "" +"If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " +"that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. " +"Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the " +"Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." +msgstr "" +"Om du manipulerar existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det " +"att du antingen använder schemat nedan eller de ursprungliga verktygen i " +"Windows eller DOS. Om inte, är det egentligen inte nödvändigt att " +"partitionera från DOS eller Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör " +"generellt sett ett bättre jobb." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." -msgstr "Men om du har en stor IDE-disk och varken använder LBA-adressering, överliggande drivrutiner (tillhandahålls ibland av hårddisktillverkaren), inte hellre ett nytt (efter 1998) BIOS som har stöd för utökningar för tillgång till stora diskar, då måste du leta upp din uppstartspartition för Debian försiktigt. I det här fallet, måste du lägga uppstartspartitionen inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (vanligtvis runt 524 megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning). Det kan vara nödvändigt att flytta existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partition." +msgid "" +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " +"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " +"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " +"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " +"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " +"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +msgstr "" +"Men om du har en stor IDE-disk och varken använder LBA-adressering, " +"överliggande drivrutiner (tillhandahålls ibland av hårddisktillverkaren), " +"inte hellre ett nytt (efter 1998) BIOS som har stöd för utökningar för " +"tillgång till stora diskar, då måste du leta upp din uppstartspartition för " +"Debian försiktigt. I det här fallet, måste du lägga uppstartspartitionen " +"inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (vanligtvis runt 524 " +"megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning). Det kan vara nödvändigt att flytta " +"existerande FAT- eller NTFS-partition." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" -msgstr "Ompartitionering utan att förlora data vid start från DOS, Win-32 eller OS/2" +msgstr "" +"Ompartitionering utan att förlora data vid start från DOS, Win-32 eller OS/2" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the method described below." -msgstr "En av de mest vanliga installationer är på ett system som redan innehåller DOS (inklusive Windows 3.1), Win32 (såsom Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP) eller OS/2, och det är önskvärt att lägga in Debian på samma disk utan att förstöra tidigare system. Notera att installeraren har stöd för att ändra storlek på FAT- och NTFS-filsystem som används av DOS och Windows. Starta helt enkelt installeraren, välj alternativet att <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, välj partitionen att ändra, och ange dess nya storlek. I de flesta fall behöver du inte använda metoden som beskrivs här nedan." +msgid "" +"One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " +"DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, " +"XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without " +"destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of " +"FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the " +"installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit " +"partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, " +"and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the " +"method described below." +msgstr "" +"En av de mest vanliga installationer är på ett system som redan innehåller " +"DOS (inklusive Windows 3.1), Win32 (såsom Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP) " +"eller OS/2, och det är önskvärt att lägga in Debian på samma disk utan att " +"förstöra tidigare system. Notera att installeraren har stöd för att ändra " +"storlek på FAT- och NTFS-filsystem som används av DOS och Windows. Starta " +"helt enkelt installeraren, välj alternativet att <menuchoice> " +"<guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, välj partitionen att ändra, och ange dess nya storlek. I de " +"flesta fall behöver du inte använda metoden som beskrivs här nedan." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a file system." -msgstr "Innan du fortsätter bör du ha bestämt dig för hur du ska dela upp disken. Metoden i den här sektionen kommer endast att dela upp en partition i två delar. En kommer att innehålla originaloperativsystemet och den andra kommer att användas för Debian. Under installationen av Debian, kommer du ges möjligheten att använda Debian-delen av disken som du anser passa, alltså, som växlingsutrymme eller som ett filsystem." +msgid "" +"Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " +"up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two " +"pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for " +"Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity " +"to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a " +"file system." +msgstr "" +"Innan du fortsätter bör du ha bestämt dig för hur du ska dela upp disken. " +"Metoden i den här sektionen kommer endast att dela upp en partition i två " +"delar. En kommer att innehålla originaloperativsystemet och den andra kommer " +"att användas för Debian. Under installationen av Debian, kommer du ges " +"möjligheten att använda Debian-delen av disken som du anser passa, alltså, " +"som växlingsutrymme eller som ett filsystem." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format -msgid "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from the partition." -msgstr "Idén är att flytta all data på partitionen till början, före partitionsinformationen ändras, så att ingenting förloras. Det är viktigt att du gör så lite som möjligt mellan dataflytten och ompartitioneringen för att minimera chansen att en fil skrivs nära slutet på partitionen eftersom det här kommer att minska den mängd utrymme du kan ta från partitionen." +msgid "" +"The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " +"changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is " +"important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and " +"repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end " +"of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from " +"the partition." +msgstr "" +"Idén är att flytta all data på partitionen till början, före " +"partitionsinformationen ändras, så att ingenting förloras. Det är viktigt " +"att du gör så lite som möjligt mellan dataflytten och ompartitioneringen för " +"att minimera chansen att en fil skrivs nära slutet på partitionen eftersom " +"det här kommer att minska den mängd utrymme du kan ta från partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</emphasis> you defragment the disk." -msgstr "Det första som behövs är en kopia av <command>fips</command> som finns tillgänglig i katalogen <filename>tools/</filename> på din närmaste Debian-spegel. Packa upp arkivet och kopiera filerna <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> och <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> till en startbar diskett. En startbar diskett kan skapas med kommandot <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> har en mycket bra dokumentation som du kanske vill läsa. Du kommer definitivt att behöva läsa dokumentationen om du använder en drivrutin för diskkomprimering eller en diskhanterare. Skapa disketten och läs dokumentationen <emphasis>före</emphasis> du defragmenterar disken." +msgid "" +"The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " +"available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest " +"Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</" +"filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> " +"to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command " +"<filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with " +"very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need " +"to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk " +"manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</" +"emphasis> you defragment the disk." +msgstr "" +"Det första som behövs är en kopia av <command>fips</command> som finns " +"tillgänglig i katalogen <filename>tools/</filename> på din närmaste Debian-" +"spegel. Packa upp arkivet och kopiera filerna <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</" +"filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> och <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> " +"till en startbar diskett. En startbar diskett kan skapas med kommandot " +"<filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> har en mycket " +"bra dokumentation som du kanske vill läsa. Du kommer definitivt att behöva " +"läsa dokumentationen om du använder en drivrutin för diskkomprimering eller " +"en diskhanterare. Skapa disketten och läs dokumentationen <emphasis>före</" +"emphasis> du defragmenterar disken." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format -msgid "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used in Windows 95 and higher." -msgstr "Nästa som behövs är att flytta all data till början av partitionen. <command>defrag</command>, som finns som standard i DOS 6.0 och senare, kan lätt göra jobbet. Se dokumentationen för <command>fips</command> för en lista på annan programvara som kan göra liknande. Notera att om du har Windows 9x, måste du köra <command>defrag</command> därifrån, eftersom DOS inte förstår VFAT, som används för att ge stöd för långa filnamn, som används i Windows 95 och högre." +msgid "" +"The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " +"partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and " +"later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation " +"for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have " +"Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS " +"doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used " +"in Windows 95 and higher." +msgstr "" +"Nästa som behövs är att flytta all data till början av partitionen. " +"<command>defrag</command>, som finns som standard i DOS 6.0 och senare, kan " +"lätt göra jobbet. Se dokumentationen för <command>fips</command> för en " +"lista på annan programvara som kan göra liknande. Notera att om du har " +"Windows 9x, måste du köra <command>defrag</command> därifrån, eftersom DOS " +"inte förstår VFAT, som används för att ge stöd för långa filnamn, som " +"används i Windows 95 och högre." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format -msgid "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." -msgstr "Efter att ha kört defragmenteraren (som kan ta en bra stund på en stor disk), starta om med <command>fips</command>-disketten som du skapade i diskettenheten. Ange <filename>a:\\fips</filename> och följ instruktionerna." +msgid "" +"After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " +"reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy " +"drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha kört defragmenteraren (som kan ta en bra stund på en stor " +"disk), starta om med <command>fips</command>-disketten som du skapade i " +"diskettenheten. Ange <filename>a:\\fips</filename> och följ instruktionerna." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case <command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." -msgstr "Notera att det finns många andra partitionshanterare där ute, i fall att <command>fips</command> inte fungerar för dig." +msgid "" +"Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " +"<command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." +msgstr "" +"Notera att det finns många andra partitionshanterare där ute, i fall att " +"<command>fips</command> inte fungerar för dig." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "Partitionering för DOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other weird errors in DOS or Windows." -msgstr "Om du partitionerar för DOS-diskar, eller ändrar storleken på DOS-partitioner, med Linux-verktyg, många personer har upplevt problem med att arbeta på de ändrade FAT-partitionerna. Till exempel har vissa rapporterat dålig prestanda, återkommande problem med <command>scandisk</command>, eller andra konstiga fel i DOS eller Windows." +msgid "" +"If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " +"partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with " +"the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow " +"performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other " +"weird errors in DOS or Windows." +msgstr "" +"Om du partitionerar för DOS-diskar, eller ändrar storleken på DOS-" +"partitioner, med Linux-verktyg, många personer har upplevt problem med att " +"arbeta på de ändrade FAT-partitionerna. Till exempel har vissa rapporterat " +"dålig prestanda, återkommande problem med <command>scandisk</command>, eller " +"andra konstiga fel i DOS eller Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the following command from Linux:" -msgstr "Tydligen, när du än skapar eller ändrar storlek på en partition för DOS-användning, är det en bra idé att fylla de första sektorerna med nollor. Gör det här före du kör DOS-kommandot <command>format</command>, genom att köra följande kommando från Linux:" +msgid "" +"Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " +"good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior " +"to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the " +"following command from Linux:" +msgstr "" +"Tydligen, när du än skapar eller ändrar storlek på en partition för DOS-" +"användning, är det en bra idé att fylla de första sektorerna med nollor. Gör " +"det här före du kör DOS-kommandot <command>format</command>, genom att köra " +"följande kommando från Linux:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "Partitionering i AmigaOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." -msgstr "Om du kör AmigaOS, kan du använda programmet <command>HDToolBox</command> för att justera dina ursprungliga partitioner före installation." +msgid "" +"If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " +"program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du kör AmigaOS, kan du använda programmet <command>HDToolBox</command> " +"för att justera dina ursprungliga partitioner före installation." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Partitionering i Atari TOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the whole disk inaccessible." -msgstr "Ataris partitions-id är tre stycken ASCII-tecken, använd <quote>LNX</quote> för data och <quote>SWP</quote> för växlingspartitioner. Om metoden för litet minne används, behövs även en liten Minix-partition (ungefär 2 MB), för vilken partitions-id är <quote>MNX</quote>. Misslyckas att ställa in lämpligt partitions-id förhindrar inte bara Debians installationsprocess från att känna igen partitionerna, men resulterar även i att TOS försöker använda Linux-partitionerna, vilket gör hårddiskdrivrutinen förvirrad och gör hela disken otillgänglig." +msgid "" +"Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " +"data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory " +"installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), " +"for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the " +"appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process " +"from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use " +"the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the " +"whole disk inaccessible." +msgstr "" +"Ataris partitions-id är tre stycken ASCII-tecken, använd <quote>LNX</quote> " +"för data och <quote>SWP</quote> för växlingspartitioner. Om metoden för " +"litet minne används, behövs även en liten Minix-partition (ungefär 2 MB), " +"för vilken partitions-id är <quote>MNX</quote>. Misslyckas att ställa in " +"lämpligt partitions-id förhindrar inte bara Debians installationsprocess " +"från att känna igen partitionerna, men resulterar även i att TOS försöker " +"använda Linux-partitionerna, vilket gör hårddiskdrivrutinen förvirrad och " +"gör hela disken otillgänglig." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari <command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft GmBH)." -msgstr "Det finns en mängd tredjepartsverktyg för partitionering tillgängliga (Atari-verktyget <command>harddisk</command> tillåter inte ändring av partitions-id); det här manualen kan inte ge detaljerade beskrivningar av dem alla. Följande beskrivning täcker in <command>SCSITool</command> (från Hard+Soft GmBH)." +msgid "" +"There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " +"<command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition " +"ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The " +"following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft " +"GmBH)." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en mängd tredjepartsverktyg för partitionering tillgängliga (Atari-" +"verktyget <command>harddisk</command> tillåter inte ändring av partitions-" +"id); det här manualen kan inte ge detaljerade beskrivningar av dem alla. " +"Följande beskrivning täcker in <command>SCSITool</command> (från Hard+Soft " +"GmBH)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format -msgid "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." -msgstr "Starta <command>SCSITool</command> och välj disken du vill partitionera (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." +msgid "" +"Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " +"(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." +msgstr "" +"Starta <command>SCSITool</command> och välj disken du vill partitionera " +"(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably the best choice." -msgstr "Från <guimenu>Partitions</guimenu>-menyn, välj antingen <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> för att lägga till nya partitioner eller ändra existerande partitionsstorlekar, eller <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> för att ändra en specifik partition. Om du inte redan har skapat partitioner med de rätta storlekarna och endast vill ändra partitions-id, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> är antagligen det bästa valet." +msgid "" +"From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" +"guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, " +"or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. " +"Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only " +"want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably " +"the best choice." +msgstr "" +"Från <guimenu>Partitions</guimenu>-menyn, välj antingen <guimenuitem>New</" +"guimenuitem> för att lägga till nya partitioner eller ändra existerande " +"partitionsstorlekar, eller <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> för att ändra " +"en specifik partition. Om du inte redan har skapat partitioner med de rätta " +"storlekarna och endast vill ändra partitions-id, <guimenuitem>New</" +"guimenuitem> är antagligen det bästa valet." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." -msgstr "För valet <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>, välj <guilabel>existing</guilabel> i dialogrutan som frågar efter initiala inställningar. Nästa fönster visar en lista på existerande partitioner som du kan justera med rullknapparna, eller genom att klicka på radgraferna. Första kolumnen i partitionslistan är partitionstypen; klicka helt enkelt på textfältet för att redigera det. När du är klar med ändringen av partitionsinställningarna, spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." +msgid "" +"For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" +"guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window " +"shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll " +"buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition " +"list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When " +"you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving " +"the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"För valet <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>, välj <guilabel>existing</guilabel> " +"i dialogrutan som frågar efter initiala inställningar. Nästa fönster visar " +"en lista på existerande partitioner som du kan justera med rullknapparna, " +"eller genom att klicka på radgraferna. Första kolumnen i partitionslistan är " +"partitionstypen; klicka helt enkelt på textfältet för att redigera det. När " +"du är klar med ändringen av partitionsinställningarna, spara ändringarna " +"genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." -msgstr "För alternativet <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>, välj partition att ändra i listan, och välj <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> i dialogrutan. Nästa fönster listar detaljerad information om platsen för denna partition, och låter dig ändra partitionens id. Spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." +msgid "" +"For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " +"change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> " +"in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the " +"location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save " +"changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"För alternativet <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>, välj partition att ändra " +"i listan, och välj <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> i dialogrutan. Nästa " +"fönster listar detaljerad information om platsen för denna partition, och " +"låter dig ändra partitionens id. Spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret " +"med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format -msgid "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." -msgstr "Skriv ner Linux-namnet för varje partition som du skapat eller ändrat för användning med Linux — se <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." +msgid "" +"Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " +"for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Skriv ner Linux-namnet för varje partition som du skapat eller ändrat för " +"användning med Linux — se <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format -msgid "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." -msgstr "Avsluta <command>SCSITool</command> med posten <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> från <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn. Datorn kommer att starta om gör att se till att den ändrade partitionstabellen används av TOS. Om du ändrade några TOS/GEM-partitioner, kommer de bli invaliderade och måste återinitieras (vi berättade för dig att säkerhetskopiera allting på disken, eller hur?)." +msgid "" +"Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " +"item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make " +"sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM " +"partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told " +"you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." +msgstr "" +"Avsluta <command>SCSITool</command> med posten <guimenuitem>Quit</" +"guimenuitem> från <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn. Datorn kommer att starta om " +"gör att se till att den ändrade partitionstabellen används av TOS. Om du " +"ändrade några TOS/GEM-partitioner, kommer de bli invaliderade och måste " +"återinitieras (vi berättade för dig att säkerhetskopiera allting på disken, " +"eller hur?)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). <command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; select the tool that suits your needs." -msgstr "Det finns ett partitioneringsverktyg för Linux/m68k kallat <command>atari-fdisk</command> i installationssystemet, men för tillfället rekommenderar vi att du partitionerar din disk med en TOS-partitionsredigerare eller något diskverktyg. Om din partitionsredigerare inte har ett alternativ för att redigera partitionstyp, kan du göra detta viktiga steg vid ett senare tillfället (från den startade temporära installations RAM-disken). <command>SCSITool</command> är bara en av de partitionsredigerare som vi känner till som har stöd för att välja godtyckliga partitionstyper. Det kan finnas andra; välj det verktyg som passar dina behov." +msgid "" +"There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" +"command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition " +"your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition " +"editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this " +"crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). " +"<command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of " +"which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; " +"select the tool that suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett partitioneringsverktyg för Linux/m68k kallat <command>atari-" +"fdisk</command> i installationssystemet, men för tillfället rekommenderar vi " +"att du partitionerar din disk med en TOS-partitionsredigerare eller något " +"diskverktyg. Om din partitionsredigerare inte har ett alternativ för att " +"redigera partitionstyp, kan du göra detta viktiga steg vid ett senare " +"tillfället (från den startade temporära installations RAM-disken). " +"<command>SCSITool</command> är bara en av de partitionsredigerare som vi " +"känner till som har stöd för att välja godtyckliga partitionstyper. Det kan " +"finnas andra; välj det verktyg som passar dina behov." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "Partitionering i MacOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch <command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." -msgstr "Utprovade partitionsverktyg för Macintosh inkluderar <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), och <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Fullständiga versioner krävs för <command>HDT</command> och <command>SilverLining</command>. Apple-verktyget kräver en programfix för att känna igen tredjepartsdiskar (en beskrivning på hur man installerar en programfix för <command>HD SC Setup</command> med <command>ResEdit</command> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " +"<command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 " +"(FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</" +"command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</" +"command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a " +"patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch " +"<command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found " +"at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." +msgstr "" +"Utprovade partitionsverktyg för Macintosh inkluderar <command>pdisk</" +"command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</" +"command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), och " +"<command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Fullständiga versioner krävs " +"för <command>HDT</command> och <command>SilverLining</command>. Apple-" +"verktyget kräver en programfix för att känna igen tredjepartsdiskar (en " +"beskrivning på hur man installerar en programfix för <command>HD SC Setup</" +"command> med <command>ResEdit</command> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format -msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux FTP server." -msgstr "För IDE-baserade Macintosh-datorer behöver du använda <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> för att skapa utrymme för Linux-partitionerna, och färdigställa partitioneringen under Linux, eller använda MacOS-versionen av pdisk som finns tillgänglig från MkLinux FTP-server." +msgid "" +"For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " +"create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " +"FTP server." +msgstr "" +"För IDE-baserade Macintosh-datorer behöver du använda <command>Apple Drive " +"Setup</command> för att skapa utrymme för Linux-partitionerna, och " +"färdigställa partitioneringen under Linux, eller använda MacOS-versionen av " +"pdisk som finns tillgänglig från MkLinux FTP-server." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "Partitionering från SunOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 (CDROM) partitions." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att partitionera från SunOS; faktum är att om du tänker köra både SunOS och Debian på samma maskin, är det rekommenderat att du partitionera med SunOS före Debian installeras. Linux-kärnan förestår Suns disketiketter, så det är inga problem där. Se till att du lämnar plats för Debians rotpartition inom de första 1 GB av uppstartsdisken. Du kan även placera kärnavbilden på en UFS-partition om det är lättare än att lägga rotpartitionen där. SILO har stöd för att starta upp Linux och SunOS från filsystem av typen EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs och iso9660 (CDROM)." +msgid "" +"It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " +"both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " +"partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel " +"understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure " +"you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " +"the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " +"that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " +"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"(CDROM) partitions." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att partitionera från SunOS; faktum är att om du tänker " +"köra både SunOS och Debian på samma maskin, är det rekommenderat att du " +"partitionera med SunOS före Debian installeras. Linux-kärnan förestår Suns " +"disketiketter, så det är inga problem där. Se till att du lämnar plats för " +"Debians rotpartition inom de första 1 GB av uppstartsdisken. Du kan även " +"placera kärnavbilden på en UFS-partition om det är lättare än att lägga " +"rotpartitionen där. SILO har stöd för att starta upp Linux och SunOS från " +"filsystem av typen EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs och iso9660 (CDROM)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Partitionering från Linux eller annat OS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely occur." -msgstr "Oavsett vilket system du använder för att partitionera, se till att du skapar en <quote>Sun disk label</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det är det enda sortens partitionsschema som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och det är det endas schemat från vilket du kan starta upp. I <command>fdisk</command>, används tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter. Du behöver bara göra det på diskar som inte redan har en Sun-disketikett. Om du använder en disk som tidigare var formaterad med en PC (eller annan arkitektur) måste du skapa en ny disketikett, eller så kommer problem antagligen att inträffa med diskens geometri." +msgid "" +"Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " +"<quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of " +"partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only " +"scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</" +"keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on " +"drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive " +"that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must " +"create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely " +"occur." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett vilket system du använder för att partitionera, se till att du " +"skapar en <quote>Sun disk label</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det är det " +"enda sortens partitionsschema som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och det är det " +"endas schemat från vilket du kan starta upp. I <command>fdisk</command>, " +"används tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter. Du " +"behöver bara göra det på diskar som inte redan har en Sun-disketikett. Om du " +"använder en disk som tidigare var formaterad med en PC (eller annan " +"arkitektur) måste du skapa en ny disketikett, eller så kommer problem " +"antagligen att inträffa med diskens geometri." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Du kommer antagligen att använda <command>SILO</command> som din starthanterare (det lilla programmet som kör operativsystemets kärna). <command>SILO</command> har vissa krav för partitionsstorlekar och plats; se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " +"small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</" +"command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer antagligen att använda <command>SILO</command> som din " +"starthanterare (det lilla programmet som kör operativsystemets kärna). " +"<command>SILO</command> har vissa krav för partitionsstorlekar och plats; se " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "MacOS/OSX-partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</application>." -msgstr "Programmet <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> kan hittas i mappen <filename>Utilities</filename> på MacOS cd-skivan. Den kommer inte att justera existerande partitioner; den är begränsad till partitionering av hela disken på en gång. Diskdrivrutinspartitioner visas inte i <application>Drive Setup</application>." +msgid "" +"The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " +"the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not " +"adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at " +"once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</" +"application>." +msgstr "" +"Programmet <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> kan hittas i mappen " +"<filename>Utilities</filename> på MacOS cd-skivan. Den kommer inte att " +"justera existerande partitioner; den är begränsad till partitionering av " +"hela disken på en gång. Diskdrivrutinspartitioner visas inte i " +"<application>Drive Setup</application>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." -msgstr "Kom ihåg att skapa en tom partition för GNU/Linux, helst placerad först i disklayouten. Det spelar ingen roll vilken typ det är, den kommer att tas bort och ersättas senare in i &debian;-installeraren." +msgid "" +"Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " +"positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it " +"will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." +msgstr "" +"Kom ihåg att skapa en tom partition för GNU/Linux, helst placerad först i " +"disklayouten. Det spelar ingen roll vilken typ det är, den kommer att tas " +"bort och ersättas senare in i &debian;-installeraren." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." -msgstr "Om du planerar att installera både MacOS 9 och OS X, är det bäst att skapa separata partitioner för OS 9 och OS X. Om de installeras på samma partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (och omstart) måste användas för att välja mellan de två; valet mellan de två systemen kan inte göra vid tid för uppstart. Med separata partitioner, kommer separata alternativ för OS 9 och OS X att visas när tangenten <keycap>option</keycap> hålls ner vid tid för uppstart, och separata alternativ kan även installeras i uppstartsmenyn i <application>yaboot</application>. Startup Disk kommer att gömma alla andra monteringsbara partitioner, något som kan påverka uppstart av GNU/Linux. Både OS 9- och OS X-partitioner kan kommas åt från antingen OS 9 eller OS X." +msgid "" +"If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " +"separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same " +"partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used " +"to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made " +"at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X " +"will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and " +"separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> " +"boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable " +"partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X " +"partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att installera både MacOS 9 och OS X, är det bäst att skapa " +"separata partitioner för OS 9 och OS X. Om de installeras på samma " +"partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (och omstart) måste " +"användas för att välja mellan de två; valet mellan de två systemen kan inte " +"göra vid tid för uppstart. Med separata partitioner, kommer separata " +"alternativ för OS 9 och OS X att visas när tangenten <keycap>option</keycap> " +"hålls ner vid tid för uppstart, och separata alternativ kan även installeras " +"i uppstartsmenyn i <application>yaboot</application>. Startup Disk kommer " +"att gömma alla andra monteringsbara partitioner, något som kan påverka " +"uppstart av GNU/Linux. Både OS 9- och OS X-partitioner kan kommas åt från " +"antingen OS 9 eller OS X." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." -msgstr "GNU/Linux kan inte komma åt information på UFS-partitioner, men har stöd för HFS+-partitioner (även kallad MacOS Extended). OS X kräver en av dessa två typer för sin uppstartspartition. MacOS 9 kan installeras på antingen HFS (även kallad MacOS Standard) eller HFS+. För att dela information mellan MacOS- och GNU/Linux-system, kan en utväxlingspartition vara behändig. HFS, HFS+ och MS-DOS FAT-partitioner stöds av både MacOS och Linux." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " +"support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two " +"types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka " +"MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/" +"Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT " +"partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux kan inte komma åt information på UFS-partitioner, men har stöd för " +"HFS+-partitioner (även kallad MacOS Extended). OS X kräver en av dessa två " +"typer för sin uppstartspartition. MacOS 9 kan installeras på antingen HFS " +"(även kallad MacOS Standard) eller HFS+. För att dela information mellan " +"MacOS- och GNU/Linux-system, kan en utväxlingspartition vara behändig. HFS, " +"HFS+ och MS-DOS FAT-partitioner stöds av både MacOS och Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "Inställning av maskinvara och operativsystem före installation" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are also highlighted." -msgstr "Den här sektionen kommer att gå igenom inställning av maskinvara före installationen, om någon, som du behöver göra före Debian installeras. Generellt sett gäller det här kontroll och möjligen ändring av inställningar i firmware för ditt system. <quote>Firmware</quote> är kärnprogramvaran som används av maskinvaran; den anropas under bootstrap-processen (efter påslagning av ström). Kända maskinvaruproblem som påverkar tillförlitligheten för &debian; på ditt system kommer också tas med." +msgid "" +"This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " +"that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this " +"involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. " +"The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is " +"most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known " +"hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are " +"also highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Den här sektionen kommer att gå igenom inställning av maskinvara före " +"installationen, om någon, som du behöver göra före Debian installeras. " +"Generellt sett gäller det här kontroll och möjligen ändring av inställningar " +"i firmware för ditt system. <quote>Firmware</quote> är kärnprogramvaran som " +"används av maskinvaran; den anropas under bootstrap-processen (efter " +"påslagning av ström). Kända maskinvaruproblem som påverkar " +"tillförlitligheten för &debian; på ditt system kommer också tas med." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "Starta BIOS-inställningsmenyn" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format -msgid "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." -msgstr "BIOS tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta upp din maskin och låta ditt operativsystem få tillgång till din maskinvara. Ditt system tillhandahåller antagligen en inställningsmeny för BIOS, som används för att konfigurera BIOS. Före du installerar, <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du se till att ditt BIOS är inställt korrekt; genom att inte göra det kan leda till återkommande krascher eller att Debian inte kan installeras." +msgid "" +"BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " +"operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a " +"BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, " +"you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not " +"doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." +msgstr "" +"BIOS tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta " +"upp din maskin och låta ditt operativsystem få tillgång till din maskinvara. " +"Ditt system tillhandahåller antagligen en inställningsmeny för BIOS, som " +"används för att konfigurera BIOS. Före du installerar, <emphasis>måste</" +"emphasis> du se till att ditt BIOS är inställt korrekt; genom att inte göra " +"det kan leda till återkommande krascher eller att Debian inte kan " +"installeras." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format -msgid "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" -msgstr "Resten av den här sektionen är hämtad från <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, som svar på frågan, <quote>Hur kommer jag till konfigurationsmenyn i CMOS?</quote>. Hur du kommer åt konfigurationsmenyn i BIOS (eller <quote>CMOS</quote>) beror på vem som skrev din BIOS-programvara:" +msgid "" +"The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" +"ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration " +"menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) " +"configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" +msgstr "" +"Resten av den här sektionen är hämtad från <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" +"ulink>, som svar på frågan, <quote>Hur kommer jag till konfigurationsmenyn i " +"CMOS?</quote>. Hur du kommer åt konfigurationsmenyn i BIOS (eller " +"<quote>CMOS</quote>) beror på vem som skrev din BIOS-programvara:" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "Tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap> under självtestet" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" -msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, eller <keycap>Delete</keycap>-tangenten under självtestet" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" +msgstr "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo>, eller <keycap>Delete</keycap>-tangenten under självtestet" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "Tangenten <keycap>Esc</keycap> under självtestet" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> efter <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " +"</keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" +msgstr "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " +"</keycombo> efter <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" -msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>F1</keycap>" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</" +"keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" +msgstr "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo> eller <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Information om anrop till andra BIOS-rutiner kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" +"\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Information om anrop till andra BIOS-rutiner kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-" +"invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Vissa &arch-title;-maskiner har inte en konfigurationsmeny för CMOS i BIOS. De kräver en programvara för CMOS-inställningar. Om du inte har disketten för installation och/eller diagnostik för din maskin, kan du försöka använda ett shareware-/freeware-program. Prova att leta i <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " +"They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the " +"Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using " +"a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa &arch-title;-maskiner har inte en konfigurationsmeny för CMOS i BIOS. " +"De kräver en programvara för CMOS-inställningar. Om du inte har disketten " +"för installation och/eller diagnostik för din maskin, kan du försöka använda " +"ett shareware-/freeware-program. Prova att leta i <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;" +"\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 -#: preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "Val av uppstartsenhet" # Se på den här. Bootstrap? #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on <filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." -msgstr "Många inställningsmenyer i BIOS låter dig välja de enheter som ska användas för att starta systemet. Ställ in den här till att leta efter ett startbart operativsystem på <filename>A:</filename> (första diskettenheten), sedan eventuellt den första cd-rom-enheten (visas möjligen som <filename>D:</filename> eller <filename>E:</filename>), och sedan från <filename>C:</filename> (första hårddisken). Den här inställningen gör att du kan starta upp från antingen en diskett eller en cd-rom, vilka är de två mest vanliga uppstartsmetoderna som används för att installera Debian." +msgid "" +"Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " +"bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on " +"<filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first " +"CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:" +"</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). " +"This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, " +"which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." +msgstr "" +"Många inställningsmenyer i BIOS låter dig välja de enheter som ska användas " +"för att starta systemet. Ställ in den här till att leta efter ett startbart " +"operativsystem på <filename>A:</filename> (första diskettenheten), sedan " +"eventuellt den första cd-rom-enheten (visas möjligen som <filename>D:</" +"filename> eller <filename>E:</filename>), och sedan från <filename>C:</" +"filename> (första hårddisken). Den här inställningen gör att du kan starta " +"upp från antingen en diskett eller en cd-rom, vilka är de två mest vanliga " +"uppstartsmetoderna som används för att installera Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." -msgstr "Om du har en nyare SCSI-kontroller och du har en cd-rom-enhet ansluten till den, kan du normalt sett starta upp från den enheten. Allt du behöver göra är att aktivera uppstarter från en cd-rom i SCSI-BIOS på din kontroller." +msgid "" +"If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " +"it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is " +"enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en nyare SCSI-kontroller och du har en cd-rom-enhet ansluten till " +"den, kan du normalt sett starta upp från den enheten. Allt du behöver göra " +"är att aktivera uppstarter från en cd-rom i SCSI-BIOS på din kontroller." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device." -msgstr "Ett annat populärt alternativ är att starta upp från en USB-lagringsenhet (kallas även USB-minne eller USB-nyckel). Vissa BIOS kan starta upp direkt från en USB-lagringsenhet och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>Flyttbar enhet</quote> eller kanske en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten." +msgid "" +"Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " +"USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB " +"storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot " +"from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to " +"get it to boot from the USB device." +msgstr "" +"Ett annat populärt alternativ är att starta upp från en USB-lagringsenhet " +"(kallas även USB-minne eller USB-nyckel). Vissa BIOS kan starta upp direkt " +"från en USB-lagringsenhet och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver " +"konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>Flyttbar enhet</" +"quote> eller kanske en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp " +"från USB-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from the hard drive." -msgstr "Här är några detaljer om hur man ställer in uppstartsordningen. Kom ihåg att återställa uppstartsordningen efter att Linux har installerats, så att du startar om din maskin från hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " +"boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from " +"the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Här är några detaljer om hur man ställer in uppstartsordningen. Kom ihåg att " +"återställa uppstartsordningen efter att Linux har installerats, så att du " +"startar om din maskin från hårddisken." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med IDE" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format -msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." -msgstr "När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att komma in i BIOS-verktyget. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>. Dock, konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen för de exakta tangenterna." +msgid "" +"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " +"is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware " +"documentation for the exact keystrokes." +msgstr "" +"När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att komma in i BIOS-verktyget. " +"Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>. Dock, konsultera " +"maskinvarudokumentationen för de exakta tangenterna." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format -msgid "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." -msgstr "Hitta uppstartssekvensen i inställningsverktyget. Dess placering beror på ditt BIOS men du ska leta efter ett fält som listar diskarna." +msgid "" +"Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " +"BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." +msgstr "" +"Hitta uppstartssekvensen i inställningsverktyget. Dess placering beror på " +"ditt BIOS men du ska leta efter ett fält som listar diskarna." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "Vanliga poster på IDE-maskiner är C, A, cdrom eller A, C, cdrom." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C är hårddisken och A är diskettenheten." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys cycle through the possible choices." -msgstr "Ändra inställningen för uppstartssekvensen så att cd-rom eller disketten är först i listan. Vanligtvis är det tangenterna <keycap>Page Up</keycap> eller <keycap>Page Down</keycap> som växlar mellan de möjliga valen." +msgid "" +"Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " +"Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys " +"cycle through the possible choices." +msgstr "" +"Ändra inställningen för uppstartssekvensen så att cd-rom eller disketten är " +"först i listan. Vanligtvis är det tangenterna <keycap>Page Up</keycap> eller " +"<keycap>Page Down</keycap> som växlar mellan de möjliga valen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format -msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer." -msgstr "Spara din ändringar. Instruktioner på skärmen talar om för dig hur man sparar ändringarna på din dator." +msgid "" +"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " +"changes on your computer." +msgstr "" +"Spara din ändringar. Instruktioner på skärmen talar om för dig hur man " +"sparar ändringarna på din dator." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med SCSI" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format -msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." -msgstr "När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att gå in i SCSI-inställningsverktyget." +msgid "" +"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." +msgstr "" +"När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att gå in i SCSI-" +"inställningsverktyget." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." -msgstr "Du kan starta SCSI-inställningsverktyget efter att minnestestet och meddelandet om hur man startar BIOS-verktyget visats när du startat din dator." +msgid "" +"You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " +"about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta SCSI-inställningsverktyget efter att minnestestet och " +"meddelandet om hur man startar BIOS-verktyget visats när du startat din " +"dator." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format -msgid "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." -msgstr "Tangenttryckningarna du behöver beror på verktyget. Ofta är det <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Dock, konsultera din maskinvarudokumentation för de exakta tangenterna." +msgid "" +"The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " +"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, " +"consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." +msgstr "" +"Tangenttryckningarna du behöver beror på verktyget. Ofta är det " +"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Dock, " +"konsultera din maskinvarudokumentation för de exakta tangenterna." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "Hitta verktyget för att ändra uppstartsordningen." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." -msgstr "Ställ in verktyget så att SCSI ID för cd-enheten är den första i listan." +msgid "" +"Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in verktyget så att SCSI ID för cd-enheten är den första i listan." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format -msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." -msgstr "Spara dina ändringar. Instruktionerna på skärmen talar om för dig hur du sparar ändringarna på din dator. Ofta måste du trycka <keycap>F10</keycap>." +msgid "" +"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " +"changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." +msgstr "" +"Spara dina ändringar. Instruktionerna på skärmen talar om för dig hur du " +"sparar ändringarna på din dator. Ofta måste du trycka <keycap>F10</keycap>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "Blandade BIOS-inställningar" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "Cd-rom-inställningar" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be your problem." -msgstr "Vissa BIOS-system (såsom Award BIOS) låter dig automatiskt ställa in cd-hastigheten. Du bör undvika det och istället ställa in den till, låt oss säga, den lägsta hastigheten. Om du får felmeddelanden liknande <userinput>seek failed</userinput> (sökfel), beror det kanske på det här." +msgid "" +"Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " +"speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. " +"If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be " +"your problem." +msgstr "" +"Vissa BIOS-system (såsom Award BIOS) låter dig automatiskt ställa in cd-" +"hastigheten. Du bör undvika det och istället ställa in den till, låt oss " +"säga, den lägsta hastigheten. Om du får felmeddelanden liknande " +"<userinput>seek failed</userinput> (sökfel), beror det kanske på det här." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "Utökat mot Expanderat minne" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended memory and cannot use expanded memory." -msgstr "Om ditt system ger både ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded (utökat) och ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded (expanderat) minne, ställ in det så att det finns så mycket utökat och så lite expanderat minne som möjligt. Linux kräver utökat minne och kan inte använda expanderat minne." +msgid "" +"If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " +"ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much " +"extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended " +"memory and cannot use expanded memory." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system ger både ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded (utökat) och " +"ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded (expanderat) minne, ställ in det så att det " +"finns så mycket utökat och så lite expanderat minne som möjligt. Linux " +"kräver utökat minne och kan inte använda expanderat minne." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "Virusskydd" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "Inaktivera alla funktioner för virusvarningar som ditt BIOS kan erbjuda. Om du har ett kort för virusskydd eller speciell maskinvara, se till att det är inaktiverat eller fysiskt borttaget när du kör GNU/Linux. De är inte kompatibla med GNU/Linux; för övrigt är virus ganska sällsynta på grund av filsystemsbehörigheter och skyddat minne i Linux-kärnan<footnote> <para> Efter installationen kan du aktivera skydd för uppstartssektorn om du vill. Det ger ingen extra säkerhet i Linux men om du även kör Windows kan det förhindra en katastrof. Det finns ingen anledning att mixtra med huvudstartsektorn (MBR) efter att startshanteraren har ställts in. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " +"virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled " +"or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with " +"GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory " +"of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After " +"installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers " +"no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a " +"catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) " +"after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Inaktivera alla funktioner för virusvarningar som ditt BIOS kan erbjuda. Om " +"du har ett kort för virusskydd eller speciell maskinvara, se till att det är " +"inaktiverat eller fysiskt borttaget när du kör GNU/Linux. De är inte " +"kompatibla med GNU/Linux; för övrigt är virus ganska sällsynta på grund av " +"filsystemsbehörigheter och skyddat minne i Linux-kärnan<footnote> <para> " +"Efter installationen kan du aktivera skydd för uppstartssektorn om du vill. " +"Det ger ingen extra säkerhet i Linux men om du även kör Windows kan det " +"förhindra en katastrof. Det finns ingen anledning att mixtra med " +"huvudstartsektorn (MBR) efter att startshanteraren har ställts in. </para> </" +"footnote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "Shadow RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." -msgstr "Ditt moderkort kan innehålla <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> eller BIOS-cachning. Du kan se inställningarna för <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Inaktivera</emphasis> allt shadow RAM. Shadow RAM används för att accelerera tillgång till ROM på ditt moderkort och på vissa kontrollerkort. Linux använder inte ROM när den har startat upp på grund av att den har sin egna snabbare 32-bitars programvara istället för 16-bitar programmen i ROM. Inaktivering av shadow RAM kan göra något av det tillgängligt för program att använda som normalt minne. Lämna shadow RAM aktiverad kan störa när Linux behöver åtkomst till maskinvaruenheter." +msgid "" +"Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " +"caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, " +"<quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all " +"shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your " +"motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these " +"ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software " +"in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may " +"make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the " +"shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." +msgstr "" +"Ditt moderkort kan innehålla <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> eller BIOS-" +"cachning. Du kan se inställningarna för <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, " +"<quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Inaktivera</emphasis> allt " +"shadow RAM. Shadow RAM används för att accelerera tillgång till ROM på ditt " +"moderkort och på vissa kontrollerkort. Linux använder inte ROM när den har " +"startat upp på grund av att den har sin egna snabbare 32-bitars programvara " +"istället för 16-bitar programmen i ROM. Inaktivering av shadow RAM kan göra " +"något av det tillgängligt för program att använda som normalt minne. Lämna " +"shadow RAM aktiverad kan störa när Linux behöver åtkomst till " +"maskinvaruenheter." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "Minneshål" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have that much RAM." -msgstr "Om ditt BIOS erbjuder något liknande <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, vänligen inaktivera det. Linux förväntar sig att hitta minne där om du har så mycket RAM." +msgid "" +"If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" +"quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have " +"that much RAM." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt BIOS erbjuder något liknande <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" +"quote>, vänligen inaktivera det. Linux förväntar sig att hitta minne där om " +"du har så mycket RAM." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format -msgid "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just worked with that setting and not without it." -msgstr "Vi har fått en rapport om ett Intel Endeavor-moderkort på vilken det finns ett alternativ kallat <quote>LFB</quote> eller <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. Den har två inställningar: <quote>Disabled</quote> (inaktiverad) och <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Ställ in den till <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. När den är inaktiverad läses installationsdisketten inte riktigt korrekt, och systemet kraschade till slut. I skrivande stund förstår vi inte hur den här speciella enheten fungerar — det bara fungerade med den inställningen och inte utan den." +msgid "" +"We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " +"option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This " +"had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set " +"it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was " +"not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we " +"don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just " +"worked with that setting and not without it." +msgstr "" +"Vi har fått en rapport om ett Intel Endeavor-moderkort på vilken det finns " +"ett alternativ kallat <quote>LFB</quote> eller <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</" +"quote>. Den har två inställningar: <quote>Disabled</quote> (inaktiverad) och " +"<quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Ställ in den till <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. När " +"den är inaktiverad läses installationsdisketten inte riktigt korrekt, och " +"systemet kraschade till slut. I skrivande stund förstår vi inte hur den här " +"speciella enheten fungerar — det bara fungerade med den inställningen " +"och inte utan den." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "Avancerad strömhantering (APM)" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-management than the BIOS." -msgstr "Om ditt moderkort innehåller Advanced Power Management (APM), konfigurera det så att strömhantering kontrolleras av APM. Inaktivera lägena doze, standby, suspend, nap, och sleep, och inaktivera hårddiskens power-down timer. Linux kan ta kontrollen över de här lägena och kan göra ett bättre jobb för strömhantering än vad BIOS kan." +msgid "" +"If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " +"so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, " +"suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. " +"Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-" +"management than the BIOS." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt moderkort innehåller Advanced Power Management (APM), konfigurera " +"det så att strömhantering kontrolleras av APM. Inaktivera lägena doze, " +"standby, suspend, nap, och sleep, och inaktivera hårddiskens power-down " +"timer. Linux kan ta kontrollen över de här lägena och kan göra ett bättre " +"jobb för strömhantering än vad BIOS kan." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "Revisioner av firmware och konfigurering av existerande operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format -msgid "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of charge." -msgstr "&arch-title;-maskiner är generellt sett självkonfigurerande och kräver inte konfiguration av firmware. Dock bör du se till att du har de lämpliga ROM och systempatcharna. På Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 är det rekommenderat på grund av att version 7.0.1 innehåller ett fel i videodrivrutinerna som förhindrar starthanteraren från att inaktivera videoavbrott, och som resulterar i att uppstarten hänger sig. På BVM VMEbus-system bör du se till att du använder uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug revision G eller högre. Uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug skeppas inte som standard på BVM-systemen men finns tillgängliga kostnadsfritt från BVM på begäran." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " +"firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the " +"appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 " +"is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers " +"preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting " +"in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using " +"BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as " +"standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of " +"charge." +msgstr "" +"&arch-title;-maskiner är generellt sett självkonfigurerande och kräver inte " +"konfiguration av firmware. Dock bör du se till att du har de lämpliga ROM " +"och systempatcharna. På Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 är det rekommenderat " +"på grund av att version 7.0.1 innehåller ett fel i videodrivrutinerna som " +"förhindrar starthanteraren från att inaktivera videoavbrott, och som " +"resulterar i att uppstarten hänger sig. På BVM VMEbus-system bör du se till " +"att du använder uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug revision G eller högre. Uppstarts-" +"ROM med BVMBug skeppas inte som standard på BVM-systemen men finns " +"tillgängliga kostnadsfritt från BVM på begäran." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "Starta OpenFirmware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came with your machine." -msgstr "Det finns normalt sett inget behov att ställa in BIOS (kallas OpenFirmware) på &arch-title;-system. PReP och CHRP är utrustade med OpenFirmware men tyvärr är sättet du använder för att kalla upp det olika från tillverkare till tillverkare. Du får konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen som kom med din maskin." +msgid "" +"There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" +"title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but " +"unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to " +"manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came " +"with your machine." +msgstr "" +"Det finns normalt sett inget behov att ställa in BIOS (kallas OpenFirmware) " +"på &arch-title;-system. PReP och CHRP är utrustade med OpenFirmware men " +"tyvärr är sättet du använder för att kalla upp det olika från tillverkare " +"till tillverkare. Du får konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen som kom med " +"din maskin." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format -msgid "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more hints." -msgstr "På &arch-title; Macintosh kallar du upp OpenFirmware med <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> vid uppstart. Generellt sett kommer den att leta efter dessa tangenttryckningar efter klockljudet men den exakta tiden skiljer sig från modell till modell. Se <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> för fler tips." +msgid "" +"On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</" +"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check " +"for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model " +"to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more " +"hints." +msgstr "" +"På &arch-title; Macintosh kallar du upp OpenFirmware med " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</" +"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> vid uppstart. Generellt sett kommer " +"den att leta efter dessa tangenttryckningar efter klockljudet men den exakta " +"tiden skiljer sig från modell till modell. Se <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-" +"powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> för fler tips." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ok\n" "0 >\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to interact with OpenFirmware." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the " +"default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is " +"through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these " +"machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program " +"running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to " +"interact with OpenFirmware." msgstr "" "OpenFirmware-prompten ser ut så här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ok\n" "0 >\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Notera att på äldre modeller av &arch-title; Mac-datorer, standarden och ibland hårdkodade in/ut för användarinteraktion i OpenFirmware är genom serieporten (modem). Om du startar OpenFirmware på en av dessa maskiner, kommer du bara se en svart skärm. I det fallet, behövs ett terminalprogram som kör på en annan dator, och ansluten till modemporten, för att interagera med OpenFirmware." +"</screen></informalexample> Notera att på äldre modeller av &arch-title; Mac-" +"datorer, standarden och ibland hårdkodade in/ut för användarinteraktion i " +"OpenFirmware är genom serieporten (modem). Om du startar OpenFirmware på en " +"av dessa maskiner, kommer du bara se en svart skärm. I det fallet, behövs " +"ett terminalprogram som kör på en annan dator, och ansluten till " +"modemporten, för att interagera med OpenFirmware." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, no-c-format -msgid "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> to have the firmware patches installed to nvram." -msgstr "OpenFirmware på OldWorld Beige G3-maskiner, OF-versionerna 2.0f1 och 2.4, är trasiga. Dessa maskiner kommer antagligen inte att kunna starta upp från hårddisken om inte firmware blir uppdaterat. En programfix för firmware finns inkluderad i verktyget <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application>, tillgänglig från Apple på <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. Efter uppackning av verktyget i MacOS, och det startats, välj knappen <guibutton>Save</guibutton> för att få programfixarna för firmware installerade till nvram." +msgid "" +"The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " +"is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard " +"drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the " +"<application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple " +"at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/" +"SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, " +"and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save button</guibutton> to have the " +"firmware patches installed to nvram." +msgstr "" +"OpenFirmware på OldWorld Beige G3-maskiner, OF-versionerna 2.0f1 och 2.4, är " +"trasiga. Dessa maskiner kommer antagligen inte att kunna starta upp från " +"hårddisken om inte firmware blir uppdaterat. En programfix för firmware " +"finns inkluderad i verktyget <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application>, " +"tillgänglig från Apple på <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/" +"macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. Efter uppackning " +"av verktyget i MacOS, och det startats, välj knappen <guibutton>Save</" +"guibutton> för att få programfixarna för firmware installerade till nvram." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "Starta OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, no-c-format -msgid "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, such as diagnostics and simple scripts." -msgstr "OpenBoot tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta upp arkitekturen &arch-title;. Den är ganska lik i funktionalitet som BIOS på x86-arkitekturen, fast mycket trevligare. Suns uppstarts-PROM har en inbyggd forth-tolkare som låter dig göra ett stort antal saker med din maskin, såsom diagnostik och enkla skript." +msgid "" +"OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " +"architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 " +"architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth " +"interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, " +"such as diagnostics and simple scripts." +msgstr "" +"OpenBoot tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att " +"starta upp arkitekturen &arch-title;. Den är ganska lik i funktionalitet som " +"BIOS på x86-arkitekturen, fast mycket trevligare. Suns uppstarts-PROM har en " +"inbyggd forth-tolkare som låter dig göra ett stort antal saker med din " +"maskin, såsom diagnostik och enkla skript." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format -msgid "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the <keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either <userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." -msgstr "För att komma till uppstartsprompten behöver du hålla ner tangenten <keycap>Stop</keycap> (på äldre typ 4-tangentbord, använd tangenten <keycap>L1</keycap>, om du har en PC-tangentbordsadapter, använd tangenten <keycap>Break</keycap>) och tryck på tangenten <keycap>A</keycap>. Uppstarts-PROM kommer att ge dig en prompt, antingen <userinput>ok</userinput> eller <userinput>></userinput>. Det föredras att ha <userinput>ok</userinput>-prompten. Så om du får den äldre varianten av prompten, tryck på tangenten <keycap>n</keycap> för att få den nya varianten." +msgid "" +"To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " +"key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have " +"a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the " +"<keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either " +"<userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to " +"have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style " +"prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." +msgstr "" +"För att komma till uppstartsprompten behöver du hålla ner tangenten " +"<keycap>Stop</keycap> (på äldre typ 4-tangentbord, använd tangenten " +"<keycap>L1</keycap>, om du har en PC-tangentbordsadapter, använd tangenten " +"<keycap>Break</keycap>) och tryck på tangenten <keycap>A</keycap>. Uppstarts-" +"PROM kommer att ge dig en prompt, antingen <userinput>ok</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>></userinput>. Det föredras att ha <userinput>ok</userinput>-" +"prompten. Så om du får den äldre varianten av prompten, tryck på tangenten " +"<keycap>n</keycap> för att få den nya varianten." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your terminal emulator if you are using a different program." -msgstr "Om du använder en seriekonsoll, skicka en avbrytssekvens till maskinen. Med Minicom, använd <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, med cu, tryck <keycap>Enter</keycap>, och ange sedan <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Konsultera dokumentationen för din terminalemulator om du använder ett annat program." +msgid "" +"If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " +"Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, " +"then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your " +"terminal emulator if you are using a different program." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder en seriekonsoll, skicka en avbrytssekvens till maskinen. Med " +"Minicom, använd <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, med cu, tryck <keycap>Enter</" +"keycap>, och ange sedan <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Konsultera " +"dokumentationen för din terminalemulator om du använder ett annat program." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." -msgstr "Du kan använda OpenBoot för att starta upp från specifika enheter, och även för att ändra din standarduppstartsenhet. Dock behöver du känna till några detaljer om hur OpenBoot namnger enheter; det är mycket olikt från Linux namnstandard och beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Kommandot skiljer sig även en liten bit, beroende på vilken version av OpenBoot du har. Mer information om OpenBoot kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +msgid "" +"You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " +"default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how " +"OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device " +"naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command " +"will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More " +"information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;" +"\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan använda OpenBoot för att starta upp från specifika enheter, och även " +"för att ändra din standarduppstartsenhet. Dock behöver du känna till några " +"detaljer om hur OpenBoot namnger enheter; det är mycket olikt från Linux " +"namnstandard och beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Kommandot " +"skiljer sig även en liten bit, beroende på vilken version av OpenBoot du " +"har. Mer information om OpenBoot kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;" +"\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot device names have the form <informalexample> <screen>\n" +"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " +"<quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, " +"<quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious " +"meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. " +"Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, " +"such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot " +"device names have the form <informalexample> <screen>\n" "<replaceable>driver-name</replaceable>@\n" "<replaceable>unit-address</replaceable>:\n" "<replaceable>device-arguments</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +"</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming " +"is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI " +"disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</" +"replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-" +"lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in " +"newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured " +"devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Normalt sett kan du, med nyare revisioner, använda OpenBoot-enheter såsom <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, eller <quote>disk2</quote>. Dessa har självklara betydelser; enheten <quote>net</quote> är för uppstart från nätverket. Ytterligare, enhetsnamnet kan ange en speciell partition på en disk, såsom <quote>disk2:a</quote> för att starta upp disk2, första partitionen. Fullständiga OpenBoot-enhetsnamn har formatet <informalexample> <screen>\n" +"Normalt sett kan du, med nyare revisioner, använda OpenBoot-enheter såsom " +"<quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, " +"<quote>disk</quote>, eller <quote>disk2</quote>. Dessa har självklara " +"betydelser; enheten <quote>net</quote> är för uppstart från nätverket. " +"Ytterligare, enhetsnamnet kan ange en speciell partition på en disk, såsom " +"<quote>disk2:a</quote> för att starta upp disk2, första partitionen. " +"Fullständiga OpenBoot-enhetsnamn har formatet <informalexample> <screen>\n" "<replaceable>drivrutinsnamn</replaceable>@\n" "<replaceable>enhetsadress</replaceable>:\n" "<replaceable>enhetsargument</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample>. I äldre revisioner av OpenBoot, var enhetsnamnen lite annorlunda: diskettenheten kallades för <quote>/fd</quote>, och SCSI-diskenheter är i formatet <quote>sd(<replaceable>kontroller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-mål-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. Kommandot <userinput>show-devs</userinput> i nyare OpenBoot-revisioner är användbar för att visa de för närvarande konfigurerade enheterna. För fullständig information, oavsett revision, se <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +"</screen></informalexample>. I äldre revisioner av OpenBoot, var " +"enhetsnamnen lite annorlunda: diskettenheten kallades för <quote>/fd</" +"quote>, och SCSI-diskenheter är i formatet <quote>sd" +"(<replaceable>kontroller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-mål-id</" +"replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. Kommandot " +"<userinput>show-devs</userinput> i nyare OpenBoot-revisioner är användbar " +"för att visa de för närvarande konfigurerade enheterna. För fullständig " +"information, oavsett revision, se <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot " +"Reference</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot 1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as " +"the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the " +"name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot " +"1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</" +"replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command " +"<userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. " +"Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command " +"on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/" +"options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo disk1:1 > /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n" "</screen></informalexample> and under Solaris:" msgstr "" -"För att starta upp från en specifik enhet, använd kommandot <userinput>boot <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Du kan ställa in detta beteende sp, standard med kommandot <userinput>setenv</userinput>. Dock, namnet på variabeln att ställa in har ändrats mellan olika OpenBoot-revisioner. I OpenBoot 1.x, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. I senare revisioner av OpenBoot, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Notera, det här är också konfigureringsbart med kommandot <command>eeprom</command> på Solaris, eller ändra lämpliga filer i <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, till exempel under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att starta upp från en specifik enhet, använd kommandot <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Du kan ställa in detta " +"beteende sp, standard med kommandot <userinput>setenv</userinput>. Dock, " +"namnet på variabeln att ställa in har ändrats mellan olika OpenBoot-" +"revisioner. I OpenBoot 1.x, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-from " +"<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. I senare revisioner av " +"OpenBoot, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>enhet</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Notera, det här är också konfigureringsbart med " +"kommandot <command>eeprom</command> på Solaris, eller ändra lämpliga filer i " +"<filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, till exempel under Linux: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo disk1:1 > /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n" "</screen></informalexample> och under Solaris:" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "BIOS-inställning" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." -msgstr "För att installera &debian; på en &arch-title; eller zSeries-maskin behöver du först starta upp en kärna i systemen. Uppstartsmekanismen på denna plattform är annorlunda än andra, speciellt från PC-liknande system: det finns inga diskettenheter tillgängliga alls. Du kommer att notera en annan stor skillnad när du arbetar med denna plattform: det mesta (om inte alltid) av tiden kommer du att fjärrarbeta, med hjälp av viss klientsessionsprogramvara såsom telnet, eller en webbläsare. Detta är på grund av det speciella systemarkitekturen där 3215/3270-konsollen är radbaserad istället för teckenbaserad." +msgid "" +"In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " +"first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is " +"inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there " +"are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big " +"difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time " +"you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like " +"telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where " +"the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." +msgstr "" +"För att installera &debian; på en &arch-title; eller zSeries-maskin behöver " +"du först starta upp en kärna i systemen. Uppstartsmekanismen på denna " +"plattform är annorlunda än andra, speciellt från PC-liknande system: det " +"finns inga diskettenheter tillgängliga alls. Du kommer att notera en annan " +"stor skillnad när du arbetar med denna plattform: det mesta (om inte alltid) " +"av tiden kommer du att fjärrarbeta, med hjälp av viss " +"klientsessionsprogramvara såsom telnet, eller en webbläsare. Detta är på " +"grund av det speciella systemarkitekturen där 3215/3270-konsollen är " +"radbaserad istället för teckenbaserad." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this option is available for you." -msgstr "Linux på denna plattform kör antingen direkt på en ren maskin, i en så kallad LPAR (Logisk partition) eller i en virtuell maskin som erbjuds av VM-systemet. Du kan använda ett uppstartsband på alla de här systemen; du kan använda andra uppstartsmedia också, men de kanske allmänt sett finns tillgängliga. Till exempel, kan du använda de virtuella kortläsaren på en virtuell maskin, eller starta upp från HMC (Hardware Management Console) på en LPAR om HMC och detta alternativ finns tillgängligt för dig." +msgid "" +"Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" +"called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM " +"system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some " +"other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For " +"example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot " +"from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this " +"option is available for you." +msgstr "" +"Linux på denna plattform kör antingen direkt på en ren maskin, i en så " +"kallad LPAR (Logisk partition) eller i en virtuell maskin som erbjuds av VM-" +"systemet. Du kan använda ett uppstartsband på alla de här systemen; du kan " +"använda andra uppstartsmedia också, men de kanske allmänt sett finns " +"tillgängliga. Till exempel, kan du använda de virtuella kortläsaren på en " +"virtuell maskin, eller starta upp från HMC (Hardware Management Console) på " +"en LPAR om HMC och detta alternativ finns tillgängligt för dig." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." -msgstr "Före du faktiskt genomför en installation, behöver du gå över några design- och förberedelsesteg. IBM har gjort dokumentation tillgänglig om hela processen, exempelvis hur man förbereder ett installationsmedia och hur man faktiskt startar upp från det mediat. Kopiera den information hit är varken möjlig eller nödvändig. Dock, vi kommer att beskriva här vilken sort av Debian-specifik data som behövs och var du hittar den. Baserat på båda informationskällorna kan du förbereda din maskin och installationsmediat och genomföra en uppstart från det. När du ser välkomstmeddelandet i din klientsession, kom tillbaka till detta dokument för de Debian-specifika installationsstegen." +msgid "" +"Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " +"and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " +"necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " +"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " +"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " +"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " +"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +msgstr "" +"Före du faktiskt genomför en installation, behöver du gå över några design- " +"och förberedelsesteg. IBM har gjort dokumentation tillgänglig om hela " +"processen, exempelvis hur man förbereder ett installationsmedia och hur man " +"faktiskt startar upp från det mediat. Kopiera den information hit är varken " +"möjlig eller nödvändig. Dock, vi kommer att beskriva här vilken sort av " +"Debian-specifik data som behövs och var du hittar den. Baserat på båda " +"informationskällorna kan du förbereda din maskin och installationsmediat och " +"genomföra en uppstart från det. När du ser välkomstmeddelandet i din " +"klientsession, kom tillbaka till detta dokument för de Debian-specifika " +"installationsstegen." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "Ursprunglig och LPAR-installationer" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." -msgstr "Referera till kapitel 5 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och kapitel 3.2 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en LPAR för Linux." +msgid "" +"Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" +"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook " +"and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: " +"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." +msgstr "" +"Referera till kapitel 5 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/" +"pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och " +"kapitel 3.2 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/" +"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: " +"Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en LPAR för Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "Installation som en VM-gäst" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." -msgstr "Referera till kapitel 6 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och kapitel 3.1 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en VM-gäst för att köra Linux." +msgid "" +"Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" +"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook " +"and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: " +"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." +msgstr "" +"Referera till kapitel 6 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/" +"pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och " +"kapitel 3.1 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/" +"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: " +"Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en VM-gäst för att köra " +"Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed record length of 80 characters." -msgstr "Du behöver kopiera alla filerna från underkatalogen <filename>generic</filename> till din CMS-disk. Se till att överföra <filename>kernel.debian</filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename> i binärt läge med en fixerad postlängd på 80 tecken." +msgid "" +"You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" +"directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed " +"record length of 80 characters." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver kopiera alla filerna från underkatalogen <filename>generic</" +"filename> till din CMS-disk. Se till att överföra <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename> i binärt läge med en " +"fixerad postlängd på 80 tecken." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "Ställa in en installationsserver" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." -msgstr "Om du inte har en anslutning till Internet (antingen direkt eller via en webbproxy) behöver du skapa en lokal installationsserver som går att komma åt från din S/390. Den här servern håller alla paketen du vill installera och måste göra dem tillgängliga via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " +"proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed " +"from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and " +"must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har en anslutning till Internet (antingen direkt eller via en " +"webbproxy) behöver du skapa en lokal installationsserver som går att komma " +"åt från din S/390. Den här servern håller alla paketen du vill installera " +"och måste göra dem tillgängliga via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any &debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a directory tree." -msgstr "Installationsservern behöver kopiera den exakta katalogstrukturen från en &debian;-spegel men endast de s390 och arkitektursoberoende filerna är nödvändiga. Du kan även kopiera innehållet av alla installations-cd till ett sådant katalogträd." +msgid "" +"The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " +"&debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are " +"required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a " +"directory tree." +msgstr "" +"Installationsservern behöver kopiera den exakta katalogstrukturen från en " +"&debian;-spegel men endast de s390 och arkitektursoberoende filerna är " +"nödvändiga. Du kan även kopiera innehållet av alla installations-cd till ett " +"sådant katalogträd." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: mer information behövs — från en Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "Maskinvaruproblem att se upp för" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the <command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to its rated value solved the problem." -msgstr "Många personer har försökt att köra sina 90 MHz-processorer på 100 MHz, etc. Det fungerar ibland men är känslig för temperatur och andra faktorer och kan faktiskt skada ditt system. En av upphovsmännen av det här dokumentet överklockade sitt egna system i ett år och sedan började systemet att avbryta programmet <command>gcc</command> med en oväntad signal när det kompilerade kärnan för operativsystemet. Ställa ned processorhastigheten till sitt normala värde löste problemet." +msgid "" +"Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " +"sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can " +"actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-" +"clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the " +"<command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was " +"compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to " +"its rated value solved the problem." +msgstr "" +"Många personer har försökt att köra sina 90 MHz-processorer på 100 MHz, etc. " +"Det fungerar ibland men är känslig för temperatur och andra faktorer och kan " +"faktiskt skada ditt system. En av upphovsmännen av det här dokumentet " +"överklockade sitt egna system i ett år och sedan började systemet att " +"avbryta programmet <command>gcc</command> med en oväntad signal när det " +"kompilerade kärnan för operativsystemet. Ställa ned processorhastigheten " +"till sitt normala värde löste problemet." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be <command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." -msgstr "Kompilatorn <command>gcc</command> är ofta den första som dör på grund av trasiga minnesbrickor (eller andra maskinvaruproblem som ändrar data oförutsägbart) på grund av att den bygger otroligt stora datastrukturer som den upprepade gånger går över. Ett fel i de här datastrukturerna kommer att orsaka att den startar en ogiltig instruktion eller kommer åt en icke-existerande adress. Symptomen för det här kommer att vara att <command>gcc</command> dör av en oväntad signal." +msgid "" +"The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " +"memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) " +"because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An " +"error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal " +"instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be " +"<command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." +msgstr "" +"Kompilatorn <command>gcc</command> är ofta den första som dör på grund av " +"trasiga minnesbrickor (eller andra maskinvaruproblem som ändrar data " +"oförutsägbart) på grund av att den bygger otroligt stora datastrukturer som " +"den upprepade gånger går över. Ett fel i de här datastrukturerna kommer att " +"orsaka att den startar en ogiltig instruktion eller kommer åt en icke-" +"existerande adress. Symptomen för det här kommer att vara att <command>gcc</" +"command> dör av en oväntad signal." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" -msgstr "Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-användare kan behöva att exkludera RAM genom en booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av den här behövs. </emphasis></phrase>" +msgid "" +"Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " +"encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. " +"Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase " +"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </" +"emphasis></phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du " +"upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-" +"användare kan behöva att exkludera RAM genom en booter memfile. <phrase " +"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av den här behövs. " +"</emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format -msgid "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." -msgstr "De allra bästa moderkorten har stöd för RAM-minnen med paritet och kommer att berätta för dig om ditt system har ett en-bitsfel i RAM. Tyvärr, de har inte ett sätt att rätta till felet, därför att de generellt sätt kraschar direkt efter att de berättat för dig om det trasiga minnet. Fortfarande är det bättre att bli informerad att du har ett trasigt minne än att det i tysthet lägger in fel i ditt data. Därför har de bästa systemen moderkort som har stöd för minnesbrickor med paritet och riktig paritet (true-parity); se <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." +msgid "" +"The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " +"your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a " +"way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell " +"you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory " +"than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems " +"have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see " +"<xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." +msgstr "" +"De allra bästa moderkorten har stöd för RAM-minnen med paritet och kommer " +"att berätta för dig om ditt system har ett en-bitsfel i RAM. Tyvärr, de har " +"inte ett sätt att rätta till felet, därför att de generellt sätt kraschar " +"direkt efter att de berättat för dig om det trasiga minnet. Fortfarande är " +"det bättre att bli informerad att du har ett trasigt minne än att det i " +"tysthet lägger in fel i ditt data. Därför har de bästa systemen moderkort " +"som har stöd för minnesbrickor med paritet och riktig paritet (true-parity); " +"se <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on memory parity errors." -msgstr "Om du har RAM-minne med riktig paritet och ditt moderkort kan hantera det, se till att aktivera de BIOS-inställningar som gör att moderkortet avbryter vid paritetsfel i minnet." +msgid "" +"If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " +"to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on " +"memory parity errors." +msgstr "" +"Om du har RAM-minne med riktig paritet och ditt moderkort kan hantera det, " +"se till att aktivera de BIOS-inställningar som gör att moderkortet avbryter " +"vid paritetsfel i minnet." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "Turbo-knappen" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the turbo switch." -msgstr "Många system har en <emphasis>turboväxlare</emphasis> som kontrollerar hastigheten på processorn. Välj den snabbaste inställningen. Om ditt BIOS låter dig inaktivera programvarukontroll av turboväxlaren (eller programvarukontroll av processorhastighet), gör så och lås systemet i högsta läget. Vi har en rapport på ett speciellt system som när Linux automatiskt sonderar (letar efter maskinvaruenheter) kan av misstag komma åt programvarukontrollen för turboväxlaren." +msgid "" +"Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " +"speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to " +"disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU " +"speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report " +"that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for " +"hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the " +"turbo switch." +msgstr "" +"Många system har en <emphasis>turboväxlare</emphasis> som kontrollerar " +"hastigheten på processorn. Välj den snabbaste inställningen. Om ditt BIOS " +"låter dig inaktivera programvarukontroll av turboväxlaren (eller " +"programvarukontroll av processorhastighet), gör så och lås systemet i högsta " +"läget. Vi har en rapport på ett speciellt system som när Linux automatiskt " +"sonderar (letar efter maskinvaruenheter) kan av misstag komma åt " +"programvarukontrollen för turboväxlaren." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix-processorer och diskettfel" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with the cache disabled." -msgstr "Många användare med Cyrix-processorer måste inaktivera cachen i sina system under installation på grund av att diskettenheten får fel om dem inte gör det. Om du måste göra så här, se till att återaktivera cachen när du är klar med installationen, eftersom systemet kör <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> långsammare när cachen är inaktiverad." +msgid "" +"Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " +"during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If " +"you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished " +"with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with " +"the cache disabled." +msgstr "" +"Många användare med Cyrix-processorer måste inaktivera cachen i sina system " +"under installation på grund av att diskettenheten får fel om dem inte gör " +"det. Om du måste göra så här, se till att återaktivera cachen när du är klar " +"med installationen, eftersom systemet kör <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> " +"långsammare när cachen är inaktiverad." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format -msgid "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." -msgstr "Vi tror inte att det nödvändigtvis är fel i Cyrix-processorn. Det kan vara något som Linux kan komma runt. Vi fortsätter att se på problemet. För de tekniska nyfikna, vi misstänker ett problem med att cachen är ogiltig efter ett byte från 16- till 32-bitars kod." +msgid "" +"We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " +"something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the " +"problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache " +"being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." +msgstr "" +"Vi tror inte att det nödvändigtvis är fel i Cyrix-processorn. Det kan vara " +"något som Linux kan komma runt. Vi fortsätter att se på problemet. För de " +"tekniska nyfikna, vi misstänker ett problem med att cachen är ogiltig efter " +"ett byte från 16- till 32-bitars kod." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för kringutrustning" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." -msgstr "Du kanske måste ändra vissa inställningar eller byglar på din dators kringutrustningskort. Vissa kort har inställningsmenyer medan andra förlitar sig på byglar. Det här dokumentet kan inte ge komplett information på varje maskinvaruenhet men hoppas på att ge användbara tips." +msgid "" +"You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " +"peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. " +"This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware " +"device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske måste ändra vissa inställningar eller byglar på din dators " +"kringutrustningskort. Vissa kort har inställningsmenyer medan andra förlitar " +"sig på byglar. Det här dokumentet kan inte ge komplett information på varje " +"maskinvaruenhet men hoppas på att ge användbara tips." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format -msgid "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount of RAM in your system." -msgstr "Om några kort använder <quote>mapped memory</quote> bör minnet mappas någonstans mellan 0xA0000 och 0xFFFFF (från 640K till precis under 1 megabyte) eller vid en adress åtminstone 1 megabyte större än den totala mängden RAM-minne i ditt system." +msgid "" +"If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " +"mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 " +"megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount " +"of RAM in your system." +msgstr "" +"Om några kort använder <quote>mapped memory</quote> bör minnet mappas " +"någonstans mellan 0xA0000 och 0xFFFFF (från 640K till precis under 1 " +"megabyte) eller vid en adress åtminstone 1 megabyte större än den totala " +"mängden RAM-minne i ditt system." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "USB BIOS-stöd och tangentbord" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> options." -msgstr "Om du inte har ett AT-liknande tangentbord och endast en USB-modell kan du behöva aktivera emulering av äldre AT-tangentbord i dina BIOS-inställningar. Gör endast det här om installationssystemet misslyckas att använda ditt tangentbord i USB-läge. Tvärtemot, för vissa system (speciellt bärbara) kan du behöva inaktivera äldre USB-stöd om ditt tangentbord inte fungerar. Konsultera manualen för ditt moderkort och leta i BIOS efter alternativen <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> eller <quote>USB keyboard support</quote>." +msgid "" +"If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " +"enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the " +"installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for " +"some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support " +"if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look " +"in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB " +"keyboard support</quote> options." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har ett AT-liknande tangentbord och endast en USB-modell kan du " +"behöva aktivera emulering av äldre AT-tangentbord i dina BIOS-inställningar. " +"Gör endast det här om installationssystemet misslyckas att använda ditt " +"tangentbord i USB-läge. Tvärtemot, för vissa system (speciellt bärbara) kan " +"du behöva inaktivera äldre USB-stöd om ditt tangentbord inte fungerar. " +"Konsultera manualen för ditt moderkort och leta i BIOS efter alternativen " +"<quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> eller <quote>USB keyboard support</" +"quote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "Mer än 64 MB RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." -msgstr "Linux-kärnan kan inte alltid identifiera den mängd RAM-minne du har. Om så är fallet, ta en titt på <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " +"is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Linux-kärnan kan inte alltid identifiera den mängd RAM-minne du har. Om så " +"är fallet, ta en titt på <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "Skärmsynlighet på OldWorld Powermac-datorer" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of <quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." -msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>-grafikdrivrutin men kanske även andra, kanske inte producerar en färgkarta med pålitliga resultat i synbar utskrift under Linux när skärmen är konfigurerad för fler än 256 färger. Om du påträffar liknande problem med din skärm efter omstart (du kan ibland se data på skärmen, men i andra fall inte se någonting alls) eller, om skärmen blir svart efter uppstart av installeraren istället för att visa dig användargränssnittet, prova att ändra din skärminställning under MacOS att använda 256 färger istället för <quote>tusentals</quote> eller <quote>miljoner</quote> färger." - +msgid "" +"Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " +"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " +"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " +"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " +"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " +"black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " +"try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " +"<quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>-" +"grafikdrivrutin men kanske även andra, kanske inte producerar en färgkarta " +"med pålitliga resultat i synbar utskrift under Linux när skärmen är " +"konfigurerad för fler än 256 färger. Om du påträffar liknande problem med " +"din skärm efter omstart (du kan ibland se data på skärmen, men i andra fall " +"inte se någonting alls) eller, om skärmen blir svart efter uppstart av " +"installeraren istället för att visa dig användargränssnittet, prova att " +"ändra din skärminställning under MacOS att använda 256 färger istället för " +"<quote>tusentals</quote> eller <quote>miljoner</quote> färger." diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index 4ceea13a5..72464c6b7 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-21 16:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,62 +28,182 @@ msgstr "Hur installeraren fungerar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." -msgstr "Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje uppgift i installationen. Varje komponent gör din uppgift och frågar användaren frågor som behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att frågas sätt när installeraren är startad." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to " +"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the " +"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are " +"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the " +"installer is started." +msgstr "" +"Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål " +"för att genomföra varje uppgift i installationen. Varje komponent gör din " +"uppgift och frågar användaren frågor som behövs för att utföra jobbet. " +"Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som " +"kommer att frågas sätt när installeraren är startad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." -msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." +msgid "" +"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) " +"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation " +"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in " +"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " +"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " +"questions that are not asked." +msgstr "" +"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög " +"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad " +"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter " +"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen " +"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren " +"kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." +msgid "" +"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer " +"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are " +"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " +"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " +"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och " +"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte " +"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men " +"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. " +"Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet " +"så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." +msgid "" +"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing " +"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force " +"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " +"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." +msgstr "" +"Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att " +"skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar " +"att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om " +"tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/" +"disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för " +"tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each " +"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " +"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" +"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet " +"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att " +"installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda " +"installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till " +"uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." +msgid "" +"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are " +"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> " +"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command " +"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over " +"&d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när " +"de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</" +"quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot " +"<command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga " +"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget " +"ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</keycap> för att rulla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." +msgid "" +"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more " +"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this " +"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various " +"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The " +"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items " +"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in " +"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to " +"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-" +"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " +"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " +"&enterkey; to activate choices." +msgstr "" +"Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer " +"kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är " +"tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</" +"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> " +"och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan " +"och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du " +"trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den " +"bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</" +"keycap> för att rulla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer " +"en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 #, no-c-format -msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." -msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh " +"session to view the logs described below." +msgstr "" +"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och " +"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här " +"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 #, no-c-format -msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." +msgid "" +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra " +"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under " +"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn " +"har startats om till det nya systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 @@ -94,8 +214,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each " +"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular " +"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje " +"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik " +"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:118 @@ -106,14 +232,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." -msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." +msgid "" +"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and " +"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to " +"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the " +"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error " +"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded " +"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu " +"may appear." +msgstr "" +"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar " +"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium " +"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är " +"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som " +"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för " +"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." -msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." +msgid "" +"You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button " +"repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen " +"flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 @@ -124,8 +267,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " +"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " +"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " +"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: " +"språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det " +"valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då " +"kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 @@ -136,8 +287,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." -msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst." +msgid "" +"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " +"matches his own." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell " +"som passar bäst." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:158 @@ -148,8 +303,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." -msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " +"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive " +"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:167 @@ -172,8 +331,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." -msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet." +msgid "" +"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot " +"Internet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:184 @@ -184,8 +347,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." -msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:193 @@ -196,8 +361,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." -msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket." +msgid "" +"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " +"his installation packages." +msgstr "" +"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan " +"för sina installationspaket." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:202 @@ -208,8 +377,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." -msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." +msgid "" +"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that " +"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare " +"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:211 @@ -220,8 +393,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." -msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)." +msgid "" +"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " +"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some " +"features)." +msgstr "" +"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick " +"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa " +"funktioner)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:221 @@ -232,8 +411,12 @@ msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." -msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva." +msgid "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " +"chosen mirror or CD." +msgstr "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda " +"spegeln eller cd-skiva." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:230 @@ -244,8 +427,17 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " +"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. " +"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM " +"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa " +"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. " +"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge " +"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i " +"Debian." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:242 @@ -256,8 +448,11 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." -msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från " +"användaren." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:251 @@ -268,8 +463,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " +"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett " +"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:261 @@ -280,8 +479,12 @@ msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." -msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner." +msgid "" +"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " +"partitions according to user instructions." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna " +"enligt användarens instruktioner." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:270 @@ -292,8 +495,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." -msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)." +msgid "" +"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " +"(Logical Volume Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk " +"volymhantering)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:279 @@ -304,8 +511,15 @@ msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." -msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som finns på nyare moderkort." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the " +"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> " +"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt " +"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som " +"finns på nyare moderkort." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:290 @@ -352,8 +566,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart." +msgid "" +"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " +"operate under Linux when rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra " +"Linux efter omstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:323 @@ -364,8 +582,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from." -msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installeraren körs från." +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som " +"installeraren körs från." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:332 @@ -376,8 +598,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software." -msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara." +msgid "" +"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera " +"ytterligare programvara." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:340 @@ -388,8 +614,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." -msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " +"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability " +"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way " +"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar " +"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten " +"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det " +"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska " +"startas vid uppstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:352 @@ -400,8 +636,17 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." +msgid "" +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." +msgstr "" +"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett " +"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska " +"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många " +"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje " +"gång datorn startas." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:363 @@ -412,8 +657,10 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:372 @@ -424,8 +671,15 @@ msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." +msgid "" +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." +msgstr "" +"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, " +"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka " +"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-" +"utvecklarna." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 @@ -436,8 +690,20 @@ msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." -msgstr "I den här sektionen kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Notera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " +"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for " +"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note " +"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " +"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" +"I den här sektionen kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i " +"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av " +"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. " +"Notera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; " +"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder " +"och på din maskinvara." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:403 @@ -448,14 +714,43 @@ msgstr "Inställning av Debian-installeraren och maskinvarukonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken uppgift installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " +msgid "" +"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " +"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It " +"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task " +"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can " +"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and " +"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to " +"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " +"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " +"mirror)." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första " +"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska " +"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras " +"eller inte ens vilken uppgift installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att " +"&d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera " +"resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt " +"installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss " +"information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt " +"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." -msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " +msgid "" +"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" +"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted " +"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " +"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " +"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av " +"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är " +"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för " +"installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla " +"drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs " +"en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:432 @@ -466,14 +761,28 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." -msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system." +msgid "" +"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " +"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " +"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. " +"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra " +"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera " +"&debian; på ditt system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation." -msgstr "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för installationen." +msgid "" +"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " +"tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " +"installationen." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:456 @@ -484,38 +793,104 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalinställningar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler." +msgid "" +"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " +"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"locales." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av " +"lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och " +"för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, " +"land och lokaler." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." -msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren att falla tillbaka på engelska." +msgid "" +"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " +"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " +"default to English." +msgstr "" +"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om " +"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig " +"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren " +"att falla tillbaka på engelska." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." -msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord." +msgid "" +"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " +"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " +"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " +"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " +"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans " +"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att " +"välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." -msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " +"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself " +"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper " +"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top " +"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale " +"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " +"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " +"package will not be installed." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på " +"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra " +"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan " +"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra " +"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett " +"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter " +"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för " +"lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." -msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer det landet att automatiskt väljas." +msgid "" +"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose " +"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " +"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " +"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " +"selected automatically." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett " +"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för " +"det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att " +"bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> " +"i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade " +"efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer " +"det landet att automatiskt väljas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " +"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " +"locales to be generated for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. " +"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten " +"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska " +"genereras för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:524 @@ -526,38 +901,115 @@ msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." +msgid "" +"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " +"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something " +"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system " +"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " +"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " +"have completed the installation)." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj " +"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som " +"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När " +"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en " +"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> " +"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format -msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." -msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." +msgid "" +"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " +"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " +"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " +"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " +"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." +msgstr "" +"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. " +"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats " +"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av " +"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna " +"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format -msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." -msgstr "På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." +msgid "" +"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " +"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 " +"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS " +"kernel development." +msgstr "" +"På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell " +"tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans " +"standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det " +"beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." -msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." +msgid "" +"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " +"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</" +"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key " +"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us " +"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " +"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " +"layouts are similar." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten " +"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten " +"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten " +"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), " +"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på " +"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-" +"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." -msgstr "Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och startat upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet inte att identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." +msgid "" +"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " +"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " +"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " +"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " +"there is no problem." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och startat " +"upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet inte att " +"identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren kommer att visa " +"dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja från, men välja en av " +"dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande tangentbord. Om du " +"installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:573 #, no-c-format -msgid "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct for US keyboards." -msgstr "För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren med parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med standardprioritet ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</userinput> för att återvända till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med en amerikansk (US) layout, eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." +msgid "" +"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " +"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " +"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " +"for US keyboards." +msgstr "" +"För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren med " +"parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till " +"tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med standardprioritet " +"ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</userinput> för att återvända " +"till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </" +"para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att " +"konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med en amerikansk (US) layout, " +"eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om du har ett tangenbord med en " +"lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att " +"konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans tangentlayout, vilken är " +"korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 @@ -568,26 +1020,79 @@ msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:612 #, no-c-format -msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." -msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." +msgid "" +"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " +"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " +"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" +"scan</command> does exactly this." +msgstr "" +"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du " +"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian " +"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten " +"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." -msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild." +msgid "" +"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " +"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially " +"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>." +"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only " +"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. " +"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not " +"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its " +"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " +"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " +"another image." +msgstr "" +"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter " +"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker " +"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller " +"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första " +"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av " +"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/" +"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild " +"har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att " +"fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första " +"fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en " +"annan avbild." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." -msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." +msgid "" +"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " +"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " +"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren " +"misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill " +"genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se " +"på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format -msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." -msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." +msgid "" +"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " +"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is " +"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a " +"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " +"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " +"second console." +msgstr "" +"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för " +"installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och " +"kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</" +"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och " +"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare " +"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:664 @@ -598,26 +1103,94 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:666 #, no-c-format -msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." -msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." +msgid "" +"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " +"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your " +"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want " +"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this " +"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is " +"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." +msgstr "" +"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än " +"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska " +"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du " +"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli " +"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare " +"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> " +"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" +"citerefentry>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:677 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." +msgid "" +"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " +"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it " +"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a " +"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your " +"local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on " +"the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " +"if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow " +"in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." +msgstr "" +"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt " +"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan " +"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte " +"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara " +"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare " +"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I " +"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du " +"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga " +"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format -msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." -msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +msgid "" +"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " +"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and " +"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a " +"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your " +"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " +"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor " +"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, " +"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett " +"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange " +"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</" +"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=" +"\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup." -msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." +msgid "" +"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " +"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " +"address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise " +"OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It " +"will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use " +"the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been " +"installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, " +"which will step you through your network setup." +msgstr "" +"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: " +"programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-" +"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-" +"ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer " +"även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, " +"använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har " +"installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</" +"classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:742 @@ -628,8 +1201,20 @@ msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:743 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Som titeln av den här sektionen indikerar, huvuduppgiften för de nästa komponenterna är partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." +msgid "" +"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " +"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to " +"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of " +"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " +"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " +"related issues like LVM or RAID devices." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en " +"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens " +"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Som titeln av den här sektionen " +"indikerar, huvuduppgiften för de nästa komponenterna är partitionering av " +"dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även " +"konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:765 @@ -640,132 +1225,212 @@ msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " +"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig " +"okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</guimenuitem> från menyn." +msgid "" +"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " +"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" +"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel " +"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad " +"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera " +"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</" +"guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "Om du valde en guidad partitionering kommer du kunna välja från de scheman som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla scheman har sin för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt utrymme att jobba med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1GB utrymme (beroende på valt schema), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde en guidad partitionering kommer du kunna välja från de scheman " +"som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla scheman har sin för- och nackdelar, vissa " +"av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj " +"den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal " +"mängd av ledigt utrymme att jobba med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1GB " +"utrymme (beroende på valt schema), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att " +"misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" -msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgid "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer en automatisk partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Om du väljer en automatisk partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra, oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme för starthanteraren aboot." +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en automatisk partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det " +"att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-" +"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost " +"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-" +"uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." -msgstr "Efter du valt ett schema kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras." +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " +"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en automatisk partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en " +"extra, oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att " +"reservera utrymme för starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " +"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " +"and where they will be mounted." +msgstr "" +"Efter du valt ett schema kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya " +"partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer " +"att formateras och var de kommer att monteras." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any)." +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " +"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " +"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "Listan på partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -783,1199 +1448,2501 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logisk 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logisk 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logisk 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har lite ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns en)." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som " +"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har lite ledigt utrymme. Varje " +"partitionsrad innehåller partionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, " +"filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns en)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Det här avslutar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen, kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av den här sektionen). Om du inte är nöjd, kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem>, köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 -#, no-c-format -msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." -msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av den här sektionen." +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " +"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " +"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " +"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " +"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Det här avslutar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den " +"genererade partitionstabellen, kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet " +"av den här sektionen). Om du inte är nöjd, kan du välja att " +"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem>, köra den " +"guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som " +"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter den bör en ny rad visas med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> under en valda disken." +msgid "" +"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " +"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown " +"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and " +"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " +"remainder of this section." +msgstr "" +"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer " +"manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer " +"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din " +"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system " +"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av den här sektionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "Om du valde ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa dig. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>." +msgid "" +"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " +"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme " +"på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs " +"så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter den bör en ny rad visas med " +"texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " +"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " +"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " +"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " +"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " +"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " +"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" +"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " +"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " +"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " +"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " +"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. " +"Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär " +"eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). " +"Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya " +"partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, monteringsflaggor, " +"startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om de förvalda " +"standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa dig. Exempelvis " +"genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du " +"välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive möjligheten att " +"använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM eller inte " +"använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data " +"från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya " +"partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du " +"kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap. Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." +msgid "" +"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " +"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " +"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " +"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " +"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " +"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " +"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " +"delete a partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt " +"enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för " +"partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny " +"partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske " +"inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på " +"partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem " +"som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap. " +"Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." -msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and " +"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root " +"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you " +"correct this issue." +msgstr "" +"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en " +"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera " +"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." -msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att detektera det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en." +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" +"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer " +"<command>partman</command> att detektera det och inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format -msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." -msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgid "" +"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " +"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't " +"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e." +"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or " +"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med " +"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla " +"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler " +"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</" +"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." -msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem." +msgid "" +"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " +"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning " +"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and " +"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar " +"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda " +"filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av logisk volymhanterare (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" +"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " +"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " +"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " +"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical discs." -msgstr "För att undvika situationen som beskrivs kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Kort sagt, med LVM kan du kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>), som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över flera fysiska diskar." +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical discs." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika situationen som beskrivs kan du använda logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM). Kort sagt, med LVM kan du kombinera dina partitioner " +"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " +"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>), som sedan " +"kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</" +"firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " +"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över flera fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp och sedan förstora den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller ditt <filename>/home</filename>-filsystem och voila — dina användare har lite plats igen på deras nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " +"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " +"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp " +"och sedan förstora den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller ditt <filename>/" +"home</filename>-filsystem och voila — dina användare har lite plats " +"igen på deras nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite " +"förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-" +"lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from <command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "LVM-konfigurering i &d-i; är ganska enkel. Först måste du markera dina partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. (Det här görs i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Starta sedan modulen <command>lvmcfg</command> (antingen direkt från <command>partman</command> eller från huvudmenyn i &d-i;) och kombinera fysiska volymer till volymgrupp(er) under menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " +"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"LVM-konfigurering i &d-i; är ganska enkel. Först måste du markera dina " +"partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. (Det här görs i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Starta sedan " +"modulen <command>lvmcfg</command> (antingen direkt från <command>partman</" +"command> eller från huvudmenyn i &d-i;) och kombinera fysiska volymer till " +"volymgrupp(er) under menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera volymgrupper (VG)</" +"guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer på toppen av " +"volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska volymer (LV)</" +"guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format -msgid "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." -msgstr "Efter du återvänt från <command>lvmcfg</command> till <command>partman</command>, kommer du att se de logiska volymerna på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör se dem som det)." +msgid "" +"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" +"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." +msgstr "" +"Efter du återvänt från <command>lvmcfg</command> till <command>partman</" +"command>, kommer du att se de logiska volymerna på samma sätt som vanliga " +"partitioner (och du bör se dem som det)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." -msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " +"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, " +"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your " +"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for " +"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " +"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " +"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du " +"bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men " +"det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, " +"kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för " +"ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat " +"kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest " +"kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format -msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." -msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)." +msgid "" +"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " +"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device " +"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</" +"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och " +"kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. " +"Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i " +"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, " +"etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format -msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" -msgstr "Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Alltså:" +msgid "" +"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" +"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " +"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " +"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " +"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " +"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " +"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " +"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " +"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " +"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " +"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " +"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " +"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " +"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " +"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " +"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " +"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " +"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " +"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " +"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " +"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " +"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " +"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " +"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" +msgstr "" +"Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande " +"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är " +"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i " +"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av " +"diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av " +"informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den " +"andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> " +"Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> " +"Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den " +"innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje " +"partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det " +"första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data " +"speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en " +"liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken " +"på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är " +"lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, " +"såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än " +"skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer " +"att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> " +"Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. " +"RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på " +"alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 " +"<firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående " +"disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men " +"ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla " +"diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information " +"beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla " +"åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som " +"kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </" +"para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 " +"men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare " +"på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av " +"paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> " +"Alltså:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 -#: using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 -#: using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus one)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus en)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " +"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format -msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" -msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgid "" +"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " +"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</" +"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " +"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " +"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska " +"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." -msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." +msgid "" +"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " +"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some " +"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of " +"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps " +"manually from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva " +"problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om " +"du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För " +"erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen " +"genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från " +"ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." -msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (exempelvis RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt." +msgid "" +"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " +"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. On the first screen of " +"<command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</" +"guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD " +"devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends " +"on the type of MD you selected." +msgstr "" +"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</" +"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. På första skärmen " +"i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</" +"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som " +"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (exempelvis RAID1). Vad som kommer " +"härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." -msgstr "RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och din enda uppgift är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD:n." +msgid "" +"RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " +"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form " +"the MD." +msgstr "" +"RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-" +"partitioner och din enda uppgift är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra " +"MD:n." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." -msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " +"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, " +"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that " +"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected " +"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't " +"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the " +"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." +msgstr "" +"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet " +"aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver " +"du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara " +"aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste " +"vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du " +"gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte " +"låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." -msgstr "RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " +"to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." +msgstr "" +"RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken hårddiskar på vardera 200 GB dedicerade till MD där varje disk innehåller två stycken partitioner på vardera 100 GB, kan du kombinera första partitionerna på alla tre diskar till en RAID0 (partition på 300 GB för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig partition på 100 GB för <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgid "" +"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " +"you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 " +"GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the " +"RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three " +"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " +"for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har " +"tre stycken hårddiskar på vardera 200 GB dedicerade till MD där varje disk " +"innehåller två stycken partitioner på vardera 100 GB, kan du kombinera " +"första partitionerna på alla tre diskar till en RAID0 (partition på 300 GB " +"för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva " +"och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig partition på 100 GB för " +"<filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." -msgstr "Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" +"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the " +"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and " +"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå " +"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-" +"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ställ in systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format -msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." -msgstr "Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system it is about to install." +msgstr "" +"Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att " +"användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du " +"kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om " +"din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och " +"systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." -msgstr "Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt " +"sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut " +"om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra " +"operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format -msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos " +"or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till " +"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är " +"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, " +"välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">System som " +"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du " +"vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." -msgstr "Notera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var inställd till UTC." +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" +"Notera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa " +"in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter " +"du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var " +"inställd till UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" +"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</" +"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. " +"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas " +"under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." -msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas." +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" +"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla " +"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du " +"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. " +"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig " +"information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format -msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" +"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt " +"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte " +"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." -msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" +"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt " +"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga " +"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för " +"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok." +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" +"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier " +"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att " +"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en " +"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar " +"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system " +"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här " +"ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa " +"en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot." +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan " +"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett " +"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även " +"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för " +"kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format -msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter " +"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." -msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund." +msgid "" +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." +msgstr "" +"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del " +"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela " +"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det " +"här ta en stund." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " +"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " +"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " +"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den " +"här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); " +"gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." -msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när installationen genomförs över en seriellkonsoll." +msgid "" +"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " +"a serial console." +msgstr "" +"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av " +"grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när " +"installationen genomförs över en seriellkonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format -msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." -msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." +msgid "" +"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " +"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches " +"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a " +"list of available kernels." +msgstr "" +"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid " +"standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar " +"din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista " +"av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." -msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " +"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men " +"begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare " +"programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och " +"installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än " +"installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." -msgstr "Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Notera att det faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar <command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." +msgid "" +"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " +"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " +"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " +"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " +"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " +"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " +"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " +"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " +"a nice user interface." +msgstr "" +"Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina " +"system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från " +"paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Notera att det faktiska " +"programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock " +"är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> " +"är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar <command>dpkg</command> " +"som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner till andra paket att " +"installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du försöker installera, såväl " +"som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. </para> </" +"footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</" +"command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också och är beroende av " +"<command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten rekommenderas för nybörjare " +"eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (sökning av paket och " +"statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." -msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att installationen är färdig." +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " +"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " +"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " +"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " +"is complete." +msgstr "" +"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta " +"paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här " +"baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här " +"konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> " +"och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att " +"installationen är färdig." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val av och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." -msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika uppgifter." +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare " +"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella " +"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga " +"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och " +"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in " +"din dator att genomföra olika uppgifter." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format -msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>uppgifter</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här uppgifterna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga uppgifterna." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) " +"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" +"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>uppgifter</emphasis> först, " +"och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här uppgifterna " +"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din " +"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, " +"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för " +"att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet " +"<command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen " +"för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett " +"mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter " +"ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt " +"enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></" +"userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du " +"letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga uppgifterna." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "När du har valt dina uppgifter, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen du har valt. " +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " +"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt dina uppgifter, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här " +"punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen du har " +"valt. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." -msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag för att växla valet av en uppgift." +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" +"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag " +"för att växla valet av en uppgift." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." -msgstr "Notera att vissa uppgifter kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera uppgifterna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några uppgifter alls." +msgid "" +"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " +"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " +"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " +"point." +msgstr "" +"Notera att vissa uppgifter kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för " +"datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera " +"uppgifterna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några uppgifter alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format -msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." -msgstr "Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här processen." +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" +"Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp " +"och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> " +"och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer " +"information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här " +"processen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format -msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." -msgstr "I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och enkel att lära sig." +msgid "" +"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " +"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " +"learn." +msgstr "" +"I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen " +"överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del " +"av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i " +"Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och " +"enkel att lära sig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." -msgstr "Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post." +msgid "" +"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " +"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " +"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är " +"ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: " +"Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-" +"post." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format -msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" -msgstr "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" +msgid "" +"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +msgstr "" +"På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-" +"postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "internetsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." -msgstr "Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." +msgid "" +"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " +"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " +"accept or relay mail." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot " +"direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del " +"enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för " +"vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." -msgstr "I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." +msgid "" +"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " +"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " +"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " +"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " +"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " +"for dial-up users." +msgstr "" +"I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin " +"kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En " +"smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så " +"du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste " +"hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här " +"alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "endast lokal leverans" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." -msgstr "Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." +msgid "" +"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " +"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " +"further questions." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas " +"emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka " +"några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa " +"systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta " +"<quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt " +"för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." -msgstr "Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " +"some important messages from your system utilities." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär " +"att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du " +"konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post " +"och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." -msgstr "Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." +msgid "" +"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " +"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" +"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " +"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"exim4</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer " +"anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under " +"katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är " +"färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " +"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den " +"lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer " +"att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot " +"att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är " +"lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera de " +"olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för " +"underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för " +"mer information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." -msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian." +msgid "" +"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " +"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a " +"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " +"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " +"other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgstr "" +"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka " +"att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om " +"den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det " +"under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli " +"konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till " +"Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up " +"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " +"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " +"manager's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Notera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är " +"lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning " +"av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan " +"arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du " +"konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." -msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett." +msgid "" +"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " +"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " +"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or " +"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " +"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " +"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer " +"installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på " +"disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> " +"försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp " +"flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även " +"känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma " +"disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du " +"har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från " +"en diskett." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format -msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " +"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few " +"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " +"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " +"can actually read Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> " +"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett " +"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri " +"kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</" +"command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." +msgid "" +"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " +"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and " +"old hands alike." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</" +"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra " +"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." -msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualen till grub för komplett information." +msgid "" +"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " +"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " +"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." +msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den " +"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan " +"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualen till grub för komplett " +"information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." -msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " +"main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma " +"till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " +"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, " +"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " +"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " +"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. " +"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av " +"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga " +"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> " +"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-" +"HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." -msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." +msgid "" +"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " +"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " +"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " +"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för " +"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det " +"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som " +"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:" +msgid "" +"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"command> boot loader:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska " +"installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format -msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." -msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen." +msgid "" +"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " +"process." +msgstr "" +"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över " +"uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." -msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " +"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " +"serve as a secondary boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</" +"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-" +"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format -msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " +"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can " +"use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</" +"filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</" +"filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</" +"command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter " +"önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med " +"<filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/" +"dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om det här, vänligen läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " +"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /" +"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — " +"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " +"Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=" +"\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här " +"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och " +"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-" +"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver " +"använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om " +"det här, vänligen läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " +"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " +"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition " +"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT " +"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</" +"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " +"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " +"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " +"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är " +"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och " +"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR " +"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna " +"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI " +"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-" +"partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två " +"delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen " +"och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> " +"kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</" +"quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." +msgid "" +"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " +"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present " +"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for " +"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " +"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista " +"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att " +"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga " +"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i " +"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt " +"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" -msgstr "Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" +msgid "" +"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " +"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " +"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " +"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " +"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgstr "" +"Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem " +"med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val " +"beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet " +"inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-" +"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera " +"partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." -msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Notera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." +msgid "" +"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " +"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it " +"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and " +"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem " +"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the " +"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the " +"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot " +"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may " +"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated " +"or re-configured." +msgstr "" +"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i " +"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande " +"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att " +"läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver " +"till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> " +"skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-" +"partitionen under installationen. Notera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i " +"detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." -msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." +msgid "" +"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " +"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-" +"written to refer to files in the EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. " +"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen " +"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." -msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." +msgid "" +"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian " +"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"command menu." +msgstr "" +"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör " +"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten " +"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " +"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a " +"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</" +"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp " +"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</" +"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i " +"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/" +"initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." -msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." +msgid "" +"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " +"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be " +"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen " +"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer " +"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " +"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation " +"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " +"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som " +"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av " +"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den " +"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up " +"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique " +"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. " +"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by " +"setting some firmware environment variables entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing " +"<command>boot</command>." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt " +"namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</" +"quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från " +"hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att " +"ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange " +"<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " +"onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för " +"inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" -msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 -#: using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename> resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> " +"finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, " +"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After " +"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, " +"standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. " +"Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom " +"att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " +"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är " +"det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns " +"installerad" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " +"resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" -msgstr "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" +msgid "" +"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " +"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" +msgstr "" +"Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken " +"och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." -msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;." +msgid "" +"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " +"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> " +"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> " +"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes " +"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be " +"set to boot &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</" +"command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in " +"<command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k " +"stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i " +"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk " +"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp " +"&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner." +msgid "" +"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" +"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up " +"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on " +"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</" +"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka " +"att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd " +"att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-" +"kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgid "" +"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " +"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, " +"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device " +"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida " +"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format -msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." +msgid "" +"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " +"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to " +"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/" +"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can " +"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is " +"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> " +"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. " +"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can " +"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install " +"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</" +"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. " +"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som " +"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</" +"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den " +"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att " +"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, " +"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns " +"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny " +"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</" +"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta " +"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera " +"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" -msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " +"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide " +"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, " +"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on " +"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även " +"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att " +"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen " +"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för " +"Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet " +"måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</" +"phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." -msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." +msgid "" +"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " +"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should " +"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your " +"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and " +"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " +"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " +"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du " +"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</" +"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera " +"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är " +"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem " +"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat " +"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format -msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." -msgstr "De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." +msgid "" +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " +"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det " +"består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." -msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer att göra sista minuten-uppgifterna och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " +"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot " +"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot " +"into your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för " +"Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, " +"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer " +"att göra sista minuten-uppgifterna och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-" +"system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." -msgstr "Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " +"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-" +"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you " +"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer " +"att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i " +"detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du " +"valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format -msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." -msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i den här sektionen är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel." +msgid "" +"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " +"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " +"case something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"Komponenterna som listas i den här sektionen är normalt sett inte inblandade " +"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren " +"om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " +"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under " +"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." -msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport." +msgid "" +"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn " +"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat " +"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under " +"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga " +"dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." -msgstr "Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>." +msgid "" +"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " +"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " +"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " +"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" +"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " +"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. " +"Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på " +"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +"keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</" +"emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av " +"<keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på " +"samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som " +"kallas <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." +msgid "" +"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " +"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " +"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " +"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"autocompletion and history." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en " +"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka " +"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/" +"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. " +"Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga " +"funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." -msgstr "Använd menyerna för att genomföra de uppgifter som de kan göra — skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet." +msgid "" +"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " +"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " +"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " +"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " +"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " +"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " +"to open the shell." +msgstr "" +"Använd menyerna för att genomföra de uppgifter som de kan göra — " +"skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du " +"alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din " +"växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera " +"att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, " +"eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna " +"skalet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" -msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the " +"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the " +"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of " +"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket " +"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första " +"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där " +"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=" +"\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format -msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " +"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need " +"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu " +"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and " +"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " +"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " +"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste " +"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta " +"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja " +"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från " +"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad " +"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt " +"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." -msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket." +msgid "" +"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " +"up the network." +msgstr "" +"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter " +"konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." -msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." +msgid "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be " +"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. " +"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login " +"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you " +"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the " +"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to " +"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt " +"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för " +"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att " +"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med " +"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här " +"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra " +"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att " +"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format -msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." -msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent." +msgid "" +"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " +"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can " +"select another component." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid " +"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja " +"en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." +"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " +"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the " +"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still " +"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed " +"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection " +"with the installation system is as simple as typing: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is " +"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the " +"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " +"will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." +"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning " +"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av " +"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer " +"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga " +"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är " +"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som " +"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer " +"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> " +"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före " +"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas " +"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." -msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." +msgid "" +"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " +"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such " +"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is " +"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, " +"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</" +"filename> and try again." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en " +"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, " +"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så " +"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/" +"known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." -msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." +msgid "" +"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " +"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and " +"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main " +"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The " +"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " +"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " +"may start multiple sessions for shells." +msgstr "" +"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två " +"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till " +"huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som " +"vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och " +"möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för " +"installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." -msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " +"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may " +"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " +"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå " +"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du " +"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya " +"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation " +"eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." -msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." +msgid "" +"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " +"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." +msgstr "" +"Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte " +"förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." + +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage " #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running " @@ -1988,8 +3955,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. " #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör " #~ "normalt sett undvikas." + #~ msgid "languagechooser" #~ msgstr "languagechooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " @@ -2000,14 +3969,18 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket " #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden " #~ "på engelska att visas." + #~ msgid "countrychooser" #~ msgstr "countrychooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." + #~ msgid "base-config" #~ msgstr "base-config" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " @@ -2016,10 +3989,13 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt " #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; " #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." + #~ msgid "bugreporter" #~ msgstr "bugreporter" + #~ msgid "Language selection" #~ msgstr "Språkval" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " @@ -2033,8 +4009,9 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda " #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt " #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. " + #~ msgid "Country selection" #~ msgstr "Val av land" + #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" - diff --git a/po/vi/preparing.po b/po/vi/preparing.po index c43b9f4de..8a5044c1f 100644 --- a/po/vi/preparing.po +++ b/po/vi/preparing.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-26 21:50+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -625,145 +625,145 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "Thứ tự trên hệ thống." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "Kiểu IDE hay SCSI (hậu hết máy tính là IDE)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "Kiểu IDE hay SCSI (hậu hết máy tính m68k là SCSI)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "Sức chứa còn rảnh sẵn sàng." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "Phân vùng." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "Phân vùng nơi hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Bộ trình bày" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "Mô hình và hãng chế tạo." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "Độ phân giải đã hố trợ." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "Tỷ lệ cập nhật ngang." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "Tỷ lệ cập nhật dọc." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "Độ sâu màu (số màu sắc) đã hỗ trợ." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "Kích cỡ màn hình." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Con chuột" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "Kiểu : nối tiếp, PS/2 hay USB." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "Cổng." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "Hãng chế tạo." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "Số cái nút." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "Mạng" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "Kiểu bộ tiếp hợp." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "Máy in" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "Độ phân giải in đã hỗ trợ." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "Thẻ ảnh động" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "Bộ nhớ RAM ảnh động sẵn sàng." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -773,37 +773,37 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng của bộ trình bày)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "Thiết bị cất giữ truy cập trực tiếp" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "(Các) số hiệu thiết bị." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "Các số hiệu thiết bị." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "Số hiệu bộ tiếp hợp tương đối cho thẻ OSA." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "Tương thích phần cứng" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "" "phần cứng hơn một số hệ điều hành sở hữu." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr "" "Windows đang chạy để hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhanh quá cũ." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -850,19 +850,19 @@ msgstr "" "Tuy nhiên, máy in và thiết bị khác có thể là đặc trưng cho Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "Bạn có thể kiểm tra xem có phần cứng tương thích bằng cách:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "Kiểm tra xem nơi Mạng của hãng chế tạo có trình điều khiển mới chưa." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết lập của điều phổ biến." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -883,19 +883,19 @@ msgstr "" "kiến trúc của máy bạn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "Tìm kiếm qua Mạng kinh nghiệm của các người dùng khác." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Thiết lập mạng" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -907,31 +907,31 @@ msgstr "" "cung cấp thông tin này." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "Tên máy [host name] (có lẽ bạn quyết định được riêng)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "Tên miền [domain name]." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "Địa chỉ IP [IP address] của máy tính bạn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "Mặt nạ mạng [netmask] cần dùng với mạng cục bộ." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>nếu mạng có</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hệ thống trên mạng bạn cần dùng như là trình phục vụ dịch vụ tên miền (DNS)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -964,31 +964,31 @@ msgstr "" "đặt." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "Nếu bạn sử dụng mạng vô tuyến, bạn cũng nên tìm biết:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "ESSID của mạng vô tuyến đó." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "Khoá bảo mật WEP (nếu thích hợp)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Thoả tiêu chuẩn phần cứng tối thiểu" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "xem phần cứng này sẽ cho phép bạn cài đặt bằng cách đã muốn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ gặp khó khăn nếu họ bỏ qua danh sách phần cứng khuyến khích." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ msgstr "" "II-300 cho máy phục vụ." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ msgstr "" "sức chứa trên đĩa này." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -1041,85 +1041,85 @@ msgstr "" "thống người dùng. Khuyên dùng ít nhất máy 132MHz cho máy phục vụ." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "Thoả tiêu chuẩn hệ thống tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "Kiểu cài đặt" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>RAM</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "Đĩa cứng" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "Vô GUI" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 Mb" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 Mb" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "Có GUI" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 Mb" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 Gb" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "Máy phục vụ" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 Mb" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 Gb" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1131,13 +1131,13 @@ msgstr "" "chiếm bởi nhóm chương trình tương đối." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "Máy phục vụ chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1151,13 +1151,13 @@ msgstr "" "sức chứa trên đĩa, không tính chỗ cho dữ liệu đã phục vụ." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Để bàn" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1170,13 +1170,13 @@ msgstr "" "làm việc cơ bản trong rất ít sức chứa hơn." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "Bàn điều khiển" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1188,13 +1188,13 @@ msgstr "" "khoảng 140MB." #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "Nhà phát triển" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" "riêng, bạn nên định sử dụng khoảng 800MB cho máy kiểu này." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1231,13 +1231,13 @@ msgstr "" "var</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "Phân vùng sẵn cho hệ thống đa khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn thêm đồ đạc vào phòng này, không có tác động trong phòng khác." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "lý) hay máy khách VM trong trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết một phân vùng riêng dành cho gốc (root) của Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "đã có, không thay đổi gì." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1324,13 +1324,13 @@ msgstr "" "tường, nếu không thì rủi ro hủy nó." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "SỬA ĐI : viết về đĩa HP-UX?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ làm việc này." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ msgstr "" "các băng hay đĩa CD cài đặt của hệ điều hành đã có." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn vẫn còn phải phân vùng trước khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin đó." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "công cụ Debian để tạo phân vùng Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt các hệ điều hành khác trước khỏi phiền đến bạn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng Linux để xoá bỏ bộ giữ chỗ và thay thế nó bằng các phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1479,13 +1479,13 @@ msgstr "" "gốc lẫn Debian, bạn sẽ cần phải :" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "Sao lưu mọi gì trên máy tính đó." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "hệ thống MacOS hoạt động.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1509,13 +1509,13 @@ msgstr "" "hoạc một phân vùng giữ chỗ hoặc sức chứa còn rảnh dành cho Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "Cài đặt hệ điều hành gốc vào phân vùng mới của nó." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1525,19 +1525,19 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động của bộ cài đặt Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "Khởi động bộ cài đặt Debian để tiếp tục lại cài đặt Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Phân vùng trên Tru64 UNIX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>sda5</filename> trong Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "đã cài đặt xong." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "tương thích: đừng để hệ thống tập tin vào nó, vì việc này hủy dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "chứa trao đổi bằng <command>swapon -a</command>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1633,13 +1633,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux hiểu được chỉ kiểu UFS thôi." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Phân vùng trong Windows NT" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "làm như thế, vì chữ ký <quote>vô hại</quote> này sẽ hủy thông tin phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1681,13 +1681,13 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt MILO từ vật chứa khác, vẫn còn có thể khởi động Debian từ ARC." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "Phân vùng từ DOS hay Windows" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux sẽ thường làm việc khá hơn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1721,13 +1721,13 @@ msgstr "" "một phân vùng NAT hay NTFS đã có." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "Phân vùng lại không mất gì khi khởi động từ DOS, Win-32 hay OS/2" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng phương pháp được diễn tả bên dưới." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi hoặc hệ thống tập tin." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "tin gần cuối phân vùng, vì tập tin này giảm sức chứa sẵn sàng." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" "đọc tài liệu tương ứng <emphasis>trước</emphasis> khi bạn chắp liền đĩa đó." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ msgstr "" "động trong HĐH Windows 95 và sau)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "" "hãy gõ <filename>a:\\fips</filename> rồi theo những hướng dẫn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1852,13 +1852,13 @@ msgstr "" "không đủ." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "Phân vùng cho DOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiến trình <command>scandisk</command>, và lỗi lạ khác trong DOS hay Windows." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1887,19 +1887,19 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "Phân vùng trong AmigaOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1910,13 +1910,13 @@ msgstr "" "đặt Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Phân vùng trong Atari TOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>MNX</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "theo đây diễn tả công cụ <command>SCSITool</command> (của Hard+Soft GmBH)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> [chọn])." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "là mục trình đơn <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr "" "bằng cách rời cửa sổ qua cái nút <guibutton>OK</guibutton> [Được]." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> [Được]." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux — xem <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "chúng bị tắt và phải được sở khởi lại (bạn đã sao lưu hết chưa?)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -2064,13 +2064,13 @@ msgstr "" "cũng thích hợp, hay công cụ thích hợp hơn với trường hợp riêng của bạn." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "Phân vùng trong MacOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -2106,13 +2106,13 @@ msgstr "" "MacOS có sẵn trên máy phục vụ FTP của MkLinux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "Phân vùng từ SunOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2134,13 +2134,13 @@ msgstr "" "(SunOS), romfs hay iso9660 (CDROM)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Phân vùng từ Linux hay HĐH khác" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" "đĩa mới, nếu không sẽ gặp khó khăn với dạng hình đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2177,13 +2177,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng MacOS/MacOSX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng dành cho trình điều khiển đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ msgstr "" "bỏ và thay thế sau này trong tiến trình cài đặt &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2238,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" "hai phân vùng riêng OS9 và OSX từ hệ điều hành hoặc OS9 hoặc OSX." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2258,13 +2258,13 @@ msgstr "" "và MS-DOS FAT." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "Phần cứng cài đặt sẵn và thiết lập hệ điều hành" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2283,13 +2283,13 @@ msgstr "" "điện). Bên dưới cũng diễn tả một số vấn đề phần cứng đã biết." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "Gọi trình đơn thiết lập BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn sẽ không có khả năng cài đặt Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2320,25 +2320,25 @@ msgstr "" "quote>) phụ thuộc vào gốc của phần mềm BIOS:" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "Phím <keycap>Delete</keycap> trong POST (việc mở điện tự kiểm tra)" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2348,25 +2348,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo>, hay <keycap>Delete</keycap> trong POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "Phím <keycap>Esc</keycap> trong POST" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2378,13 +2378,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2396,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> hay <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ msgstr "" "invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2422,13 +2422,13 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "Chọn thiết bị khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" "ROM, hai thiết bị khởi động thường nhất được dùng để cài đặt Debian." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " @@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB-ZIP</quote>, để làm cho nó khởi động từ thiết bị USB." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2488,13 +2488,13 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động sau khi cài đặt Linux, để khởi động lại máy từ đĩa cứng." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "Thay đổi thứ tự khởi động trên máy IDE" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "dụng phần cứng để tìm tổ hợp phím chính xác." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2517,19 +2517,19 @@ msgstr "" "kê các ổ đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "Mục nhập thường trên máy IDE là : C, A, cdrom hay A, C, cdrom." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C là ổ đĩa cứng, còn A là ổ đĩa mềm." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>Page Down</keycap> cuộn qua các sự chọn có thể." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2551,20 +2551,20 @@ msgstr "" "các thay đổi này trên máy đó." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "Thay đổi thứ tự khởi động trên máy SCSI" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "Vào lúc khởi động máy, hãy bấm tổ hợp phím để vào tiện ích SCSI." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2588,13 +2588,13 @@ msgstr "" "xác." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "Hãy tìm tiện ích thay đổi thứ tự khởi động." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." @@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ msgstr "" "trước hết trong danh sách." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2613,19 +2613,19 @@ msgstr "" "các thay đổi này trên máy đó. Thường cần bấm phím <keycap>F10</keycap>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "Thiết lập BIOS lặt vặt" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "Thiết lập đĩa CD-ROM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2639,13 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "" "độ CD cao nhất." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "Bộ nhớ đã kéo dài so với bộ nhớ đã mở rộng" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2659,13 +2659,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài, còn không có khả năng sử dụng bộ nhớ đã mở rộng." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "Bảo vệ chống vi rút" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2690,13 +2690,13 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động.</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "RAM bóng" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2721,13 +2721,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux truy cập thiết bị phần cứng." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "Lỗ hổng bộ nhớ" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ msgstr "" "tại đó nếu bạn có đủ RAM." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2759,13 +2759,13 @@ msgstr "" "động được với một sự đặt, và không hoạt động được với sự đặt khác." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "Quản lý điện năng cấp cao" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2780,13 +2780,13 @@ msgstr "" "năng này, và quản lý nguồn điện rất khá hơn BIOS." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "Bản sửa đổi phần vững và thiết lập HĐH đã có" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2809,13 +2809,13 @@ msgstr "" "thống BVM, nhưng có sẵn sàng từ BVM khi yêu cầu, miễn phí." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "Gọi OpenFirmware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng máy." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2848,7 +2848,7 @@ msgstr "" "netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> để tìm mẹo thêm." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" "tính khác, được kết nối đến cổng bộ điều giải, để tương tác với OpenFirmware." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2894,13 +2894,13 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> (Lưu) để cài đặt các đắp vá phần vững vào bộ nhớ nvram." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "Gọi OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2915,7 +2915,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho bạn một số khả năng có ích, như chẩn đoán và chạy tập lệnh đơn giản." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ msgstr "" "bấm phím <keycap>n</keycap> để hiển thị dấu nhắc mới hơn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr "" "bị cuối nếu bạn sử dụng một chương trình khác." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -2970,7 +2970,7 @@ msgstr "" "chiếu OpenBoot của Sun</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " @@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi, xem <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Tham chiếu OpenBoot của Sun</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -3045,19 +3045,19 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "Thiết lập BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -3079,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr "" "vào ký tự." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -3099,7 +3099,7 @@ msgstr "" "LPAR nếu cả HMC lẫn tùy chọn này đều sẵn sàng." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -3123,13 +3123,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "Sự cài đặt sở hữu và LPAR" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3146,13 +3146,13 @@ msgstr "" "dành cho Linux." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "Cài đặt như là khách VM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -3169,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "ứng dụng khách VM để chạy Linux." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -3183,13 +3183,13 @@ msgstr "" "trong chế độ nhị phân với độ dài cố định là 80 ký tự." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "Thiết lập máy phục vụ cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "cung cấp chúng bằng giao thức NFS, HTTP hay FTP." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3217,19 +3217,19 @@ msgstr "" "chép nối dung của các đĩa CD cài đặt vào cây thư mục như vậy." #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "SỬA ĐI : cần thông tin thêm — từ một Quyển Đỏ ?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "Vấn đề phần cứng có thể" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3248,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr "" "điều hành. Việc giảm tốc độ CPU thành giá trị chuẩn đã sửa vấn đề này." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ msgstr "" "là chương trình <command>gcc</command> kết thúc do tín hiệu bất thường." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@ msgstr "" "chi tiết hơn. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3302,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3314,13 +3314,13 @@ msgstr "" "mạch chủ ngắt tiến trình khi gặp lỗi tính chẵn lẻ bộ nhớ." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "Cái chuyển tốc độ" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3340,13 +3340,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển cái chuyển turbo." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "CPU Cyrix và lỗi đĩa mềm" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3362,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" "tắt." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3376,13 +3376,13 @@ msgstr "" "không còn hợp lệ lại sau khi chuyển đổi từ mã 16-bit sang 32-bit." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "Thiết lập phần cứng ngoại vi" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ msgstr "" "nó cố cung cấp một số mẹo hữu ích." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3409,13 +3409,13 @@ msgstr "" "hoặc tại một địa chỉ ít nhất 1 MB lớn hơn tổng số RAM trong hệ thống của bạn." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "Hỗ trợ BIOS USB và bàn phím" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3436,13 +3436,13 @@ msgstr "" "cũ) hay <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> (hỗ trợ bàn phím USB)." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "Hơn 64 MB RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3452,13 +3452,13 @@ msgstr "" "không thể, hãy xem <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index df0dc02aa..8d951b80b 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-18 23:17+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -1277,13 +1277,25 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " -"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " -"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " -"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " -"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " -"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " -"will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn sự phân vùng đã hướng dẫn, lúc đó bạn sẽ có khả năng chọn trong " "các bố trí được liệt kê trong bảng bên dưới. Mỗi bố trí có thuận và chống, " @@ -1294,73 +1306,73 @@ msgstr "" "chọn), tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn sẽ không chạy được." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "Máy tính để bàn" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "Máy trạm đa người dùng" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1370,13 +1382,22 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " -"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " -"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " -"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn đã chọn phân vùng tự động máy tính IA64 mình, cũng sẽ có một phân " "vùng thêm, được định dạng làm hệ thống tập tin khởi động được FAT16, cho bộ " @@ -1384,10 +1405,10 @@ msgstr "" "để tự thiết lập một phân vùng như là phân vùng khởi động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" @@ -1396,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "" "bộ tải khởi động aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1408,29 +1429,31 @@ msgstr "" "và nơi gắn kết mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " "into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " "line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " -"system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "Danh sách các phân vùng có thể hình như đây [bản dịch]: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1455,16 +1478,19 @@ msgstr "" "tin và điểm lắp (nếu có)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " -"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Ở đây kết thúc tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn. Nếu bạn thấy biết bảng " "phân vùng đã tạo ra là ổn định, sau đó bạn có khả năng chọn mục " @@ -1476,7 +1502,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho việc tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1491,7 +1517,7 @@ msgstr "" "phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1505,8 +1531,8 @@ msgstr "" "rảnh) nên xuất hiện trong bảng bên dưới đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " "You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " @@ -1520,7 +1546,7 @@ msgid "" "or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn một phần sức chứa còn rảnh, bạn sẽ có dịp tạo một phân vùng " "mới. Tiến trình sẽ hỏi vài câu về kích cỡ, kiểu (chính hay hợp lý) và địa " @@ -1537,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" "về màn hình chính của chương trình <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1558,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng xoá bỏ phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1574,10 +1600,10 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." msgstr "" @@ -1586,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1602,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1616,13 +1642,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối tin Hợp lý (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1638,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1658,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua vài đĩa vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1677,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1705,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Sửa đổi khối tin hợp lý</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1717,13 +1743,13 @@ msgstr "" "đúng như phân vùng chuẩn (và bạn nên thao tác nó như thế)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1743,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "biến nhất, <firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1758,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1835,97 +1861,97 @@ msgstr "" "tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1934,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhận (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1944,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">RAID phần mềm</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1960,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1978,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1996,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "" "phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2008,7 +2034,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2028,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2038,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2056,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "" "hơi tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2070,13 +2096,13 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2086,13 +2112,13 @@ msgstr "" "hệ thống nó sắp cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Cấu hình Múi giờ Cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2105,13 +2131,13 @@ msgstr "" "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2125,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" "(UTC) đựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2144,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" "(hay UTC).</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2157,19 +2183,19 @@ msgstr "" "đặt, nếu nó không đúng, hay nếu nó chưa được đặt thành giờ UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2183,7 +2209,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2198,7 +2224,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2209,13 +2235,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2229,7 +2255,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2249,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2263,7 +2289,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2273,13 +2299,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2293,13 +2319,13 @@ msgstr "" "kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Việc cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2315,7 +2341,7 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2327,7 +2353,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi việc cài đặt được thực hiện qua bàn điều khiển nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2341,13 +2367,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2363,13 +2389,13 @@ msgstr "" "nếu bạn có máy tính hay mạng chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2400,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" "có ích (tìm kiếm gói và kiểm tra trạng thái) trong giao diện người dùng đẹp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2417,13 +2443,13 @@ msgstr "" "xem lại nó và sửa đổi nó sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2440,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2472,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "" "sức chứa cần thiết cho các công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2483,7 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2493,7 +2519,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2507,7 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngay cả không cài đặt gì." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2521,13 +2547,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Cấu hình tác nhân truyền thư tín" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2542,7 +2568,7 @@ msgstr "" "học hiểu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2556,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể gởi cho bạn thông báo quan trọng bằng thư điện tử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2566,13 +2592,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khớp trường hợp của bạn một cách gần nhất:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "nơi Mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2586,13 +2612,13 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển tiếp lại thư tín." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "thư được gởi bởi máy thông minh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2610,13 +2636,13 @@ msgstr "" "chọn này thích hợp với người dùng quay số." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "chỉ phát cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2634,13 +2660,13 @@ msgstr "" "câu thêm nữa." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "chưa cấu hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2654,7 +2680,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích hệ thống." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2670,13 +2696,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2690,7 +2716,7 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2705,13 +2731,13 @@ msgstr "" "tài liệu hướng dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2727,7 +2753,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2743,13 +2769,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2771,13 +2797,13 @@ msgstr "" "thế." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2793,19 +2819,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2817,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2829,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2839,13 +2865,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2862,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2876,7 +2902,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2886,13 +2912,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2902,13 +2928,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2920,13 +2946,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2944,7 +2970,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2962,13 +2988,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2996,7 +3022,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> thật để làm việc tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3014,13 +3040,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3038,13 +3064,13 @@ msgstr "" "trong khi cài đặt, thì xoá bỏ hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3075,13 +3101,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3094,13 +3120,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3115,13 +3141,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3137,13 +3163,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3156,13 +3182,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3176,13 +3202,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3226,13 +3252,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3242,13 +3268,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3258,13 +3284,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3274,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3290,13 +3316,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3325,13 +3351,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3341,13 +3367,13 @@ msgstr "" "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3356,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3366,13 +3392,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "tên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3382,7 +3408,7 @@ msgstr "" "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3393,19 +3419,19 @@ msgstr "" "là dùng" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3425,13 +3451,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3445,13 +3471,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chuớc Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3468,13 +3494,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3505,13 +3531,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3529,7 +3555,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3550,13 +3576,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3566,13 +3592,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3586,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr "" "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3601,13 +3627,13 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Lặt vặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3619,13 +3645,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3637,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3653,13 +3679,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3682,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" "chạy một sự mô phỏng hệ vỏ Bourne có tên <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3700,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" "như khả năng gõ xong tự động và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3720,13 +3746,13 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) nếu bạn đã sử dụng trình đơn để mở hệ vỏ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3743,7 +3769,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3765,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3775,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3797,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3809,7 +3835,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3839,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3857,7 +3883,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> rồi thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3877,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho các hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3893,7 +3919,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3901,3 +3927,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Hơn nữa, nếu bạn làm phiên chạy SSH từ thiết bị cuối X, bạn không nên thay " "đổi kích cỡ của cửa sổ, vì làm như thế sẽ gây ra sự kết nối bị kết thúc." + +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "Máy tính để bàn" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "Máy trạm đa người dùng" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po index 0bce85971..184989a47 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-13 15:42+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -587,149 +587,149 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "它们在系统上的次序" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "是 IDE 还是 SCSI(大多数计算机上是 IDE)" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "是 IDE 还是 SCSI(大多数 m68k 计算机上是 SCSI)。" # index.docbook:445, index.docbook:497 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "分区。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "安装有其他操作系统的分区。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "显示器" # index.docbook:453, index.docbook:473, index.docbook:479, index.docbook:485 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "型号与制造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "支持的分辨率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "水平扫描频率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "垂直扫描频率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "支持的颜色深度(颜色数)" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "屏幕尺寸。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "鼠标" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "类型：串口、PS/2 或 USB。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "端口。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "制造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "按键数。" # index.docbook:472, index.docbook:500 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "网络" # index.docbook:475, index.docbook:501 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "适配器类型。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "打印机" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "支持的打印分辨率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "视频卡" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "可用显存" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -737,37 +737,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "支持的分辨率和颜色数(还需检验您显示器的能力)。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "设备数。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "设备数。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "OSA 卡的相对适配器号。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "硬件兼容性" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" "改善。然而，Linux 仍然不能像某些操作系统那样可以在各种不同的硬件上运行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "特别是，Linux 通常不能驱动那些需要某些版本 Windows 才运行的硬件上。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" "上。因此，它们很快就会被废弃。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -809,19 +809,19 @@ msgstr "" "格的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "您可以通过以下方式检验硬件兼容性：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "检查制造商的网站来得到新的驱动程序。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" "序或者设置。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -839,19 +839,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "检查您计算机体系的 Linux 兼容性列表网站。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "搜索互联网查找其他用户的经验。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "网络设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -862,31 +862,31 @@ msgstr "" "号连接)，您需要向您的网络系统管理员咨询这项信息。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "您的主机名(您也许可以自己决定)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "您的域名。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "您的计算机 IP 地址。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "您网络的网络掩码。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr "" "路由经过的默认网关的 IP 地址，如果您的网络 <emphasis>有</emphasis> 网关的话。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您的网络中作为 DNS(域名服务) 服务器的系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -915,31 +915,31 @@ msgstr "" "需了解这项信息，因为 DHCP 服务器会在安装过程中直接提供。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "如果您有一个无线网络，您应该找出：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "您的无线网络的 ESSID。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "WEP 安全 key(如果可用)。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "满足最低的硬件要求" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr "" "愿以偿，安装上系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "建议的话，多数用户会安装失败。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "置。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" "间就能完成安装。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -991,85 +991,85 @@ msgstr "" "务器的话，建议至少要 132 Mhz 的机器才行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "推荐的最低系统配置" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "安装类别" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>内存</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "硬盘" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "无桌面的系统" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "桌面系统" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 G" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 M" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 G" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1080,13 +1080,13 @@ msgstr "" "考<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "常规服务器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1100,13 +1100,13 @@ msgstr "" "的 数据占用的空间。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1117,13 +1117,13 @@ msgstr "" "包将总共需要约 2G 空间，尽管也可以不用这么多。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "工作控制台" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1134,13 +1134,13 @@ msgstr "" "电脑或者手持计算机。其所需空间约为 140MB。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "开发人员" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" "机器规划出约 800MB 空间。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1175,13 +1175,13 @@ msgstr "" "var</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "为多重启动系统事先分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "间里安置家具，那么这不会对其它房间有任何影响。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "机。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ msgstr "" "起码，您要为 Debian 的根目录准备一个专用的 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>分区工具软件总会提供一种办法让您查看现有的分区情况，而不作任何改动。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1263,13 +1263,13 @@ msgstr "" "最好在把挡路的家具都移开，否则就要冒家具被毁坏的危险。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ msgstr "" "序自带的分区程序会 漂亮地完成这个任务。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以有几个办法可选，比如原先系统的安装磁带或 CD。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "情形。比如，分区表中现有分区的顺序问题，这也许会令您不得不在安装前先分好区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" "用 Debian 安装程序中的分区工具来重新调整文件系统的大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "身的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "" "也可能会怂恿您重新格式化不属于它们自己的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "能够帮您免除这些烦恼。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux 的分区工具来删除当初预留的分区，再用 Linux 的分区取而代之。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1405,13 +1405,13 @@ msgstr "" "希望能多重启动原有的操作系统和 Debian，那么您就需要：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "备份计算机里所有的数据。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 MacOS 系统。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1434,13 +1434,13 @@ msgstr "" "区，或者腾出一块空闲空间。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "把原有的操作系统安装到属于它的新分区上。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1449,19 +1449,19 @@ msgstr "" "启动到原有的操作系统，以确保一切正常，再下载 Debian 安装程序的启动文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "启动 Debian 安装程序，并继续安装 Debian。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Tru64 UNIX 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 是在 Linux 里的名称。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" "磁盘。完成安装之后，Tru64 的磁盘分区可以挂载到 Debian 之下。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "会破坏数据。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "" "启动脚本里面运行，时间是在用 <command>swapon -a</command> 添加交换分区之前。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1547,13 +1547,13 @@ msgstr "" "统类型，UFS 和 AdvFS，而 Linux 只能识别前者。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Windows NT 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "" "样做，这个标志会破坏该分区上的信息。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1590,13 +1590,13 @@ msgstr "" "有 MILO，或者从其他介质安装，Debian 仍然可以从 ARC 启动。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "从 DOS 或 Windows 分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 Windows 分区，一般来说，Linux 的分区软件会做得更好。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1627,13 +1627,13 @@ msgstr "" "此，您可能需要移动硬盘上的 FAT 或 NTFS 分区。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "在 DOS、Win-32 或者 OS/2 上的无损分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "尺寸。在多数情况下您毋须使用下面说明的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ msgstr "" "交换分区或者放置文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" "内，尽量不要往分区的后部写数据。否则就会减少从能该分区分出去的空间大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>请先做一张启动盘并好好阅读那份文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "" "VFAT 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>a:\\fips</filename> 然后按照提示操作。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1750,13 +1750,13 @@ msgstr "" "可供差遣。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "为 DOS 分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 Windows 中发现的各种古怪的错误。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1785,19 +1785,19 @@ msgstr "" "做：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "在 AmigaOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1807,13 +1807,13 @@ msgstr "" "整您的分区。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "在 Atari TOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" "得整个磁盘无法访问。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> (来自 Hard+Soft GmBH)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> 菜单中的 <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> 大概是最佳选择。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" "口。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "" "窗口。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"device-names\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" "告诉过您需要备份磁盘上的所有数据，不是吗？)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -1949,13 +1949,13 @@ msgstr "" "意分区类型的分区编辑器。也许还有其他的，请选择一个符合您要求的工具。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "在 MacOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -1989,13 +1989,13 @@ msgstr "" "从 MkLinux FTP 服务器获得。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "在 SunOS 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2016,13 +2016,13 @@ msgstr "" "启动 Linux 和 SunOS。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "从 Linux 或其他 OS 分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "系)格式化过的磁盘，您必须创建新的磁盘标签，不然会有磁盘排列问题出现。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2055,13 +2055,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "在 MacOS/OSX 下分区" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" "Setup</application> 中。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ msgstr "" "无关紧要，在后面的 &debian; 安装程序中，它会被删除并替换。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" "问。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2127,13 +2127,13 @@ msgstr "" "系统间共享信息。HFS，HFS+ 和 MS-DOS FAT 分区都能被 MacOS 和 Linux 支持。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "安装前的硬件和操作系统的相关设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2152,13 +2152,13 @@ msgstr "" "可靠性。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "BIOS 设置菜单的使用" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ msgstr "" "常性的系统崩溃或者根本无法安装 Debian。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2186,25 +2186,25 @@ msgstr "" "quote>) 设置菜单取决于 BIOS 软件的作者是谁：" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "<keycap>Delete</keycap> 键，在 POST(开机自检) 过程中" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2214,25 +2214,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo>，或 <keycap>Delete</keycap>键，在 POST 过程中" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "<keycap>Esc</keycap>键，在 POST 过程中" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2244,13 +2244,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo> 或 <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ msgstr "" "invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2288,13 +2288,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1522, index.docbook:1865 #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "选择引导设备" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ msgstr "" "的话，就能让您从软盘或者 CD-ROM 引导。这是安装 Debian 最常用的两个引导设备。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ msgstr "" "从 CD-ROM 引导系统。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " @@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> 引导。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2350,13 +2350,13 @@ msgstr "" "来的启动顺序，这样，您就能像以前一样从硬盘启动了。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "修改 IDE 接口计算机的引导顺序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ msgstr "" "关文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2378,19 +2378,19 @@ msgstr "" "有关。不管如何，您要找的是列有驱动器名的栏位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "对 IDE 机器而言，列表里常见的表项是 C、A、cdrom 或者 A、C、cdrom。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C 就是硬盘，而 A 则是软驱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2401,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>或者 <keycap>Page Down</keycap> 键能够循环地选中可能的选项。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2409,20 +2409,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "然后，保存您对设置的修改。屏幕上的提示会告诉您如何才能保存您的配置。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "修改 SCSI 接口计算机的引导顺序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "当您的计算机启动时，可以按下某些键进入 SCSI 的设置软件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" "提示的时候，启动 SCSI 设置软件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2444,20 +2444,20 @@ msgstr "" "的相关文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "找到用来修改引导顺序的工具软件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "通过这个工具软件修改设置，让光盘驱动器的 SCSI ID 排在列表的首位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2467,19 +2467,19 @@ msgstr "" "需要按下 <keycap>F10</keycap>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS 设置的其余项目" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "CD-ROM 的设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2492,13 +2492,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 的错误提示，那么就有可能是您的设置问题了。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "扩展内存与扩充内存" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2511,13 +2511,13 @@ msgstr "" "得尽量小。Linux 需要使用扩展内存，但无法利用扩充内存。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "病毒保护" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2539,13 +2539,13 @@ msgstr "" "区(MBR)了。</para> </footnote>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "影像内存" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2567,13 +2567,13 @@ msgstr "" "内存。而继续开启影像内存则有可能妨碍 Linux 存取硬件设备。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "内存空洞" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ msgstr "" "它。如果您有那么多内存的话，Linux 就会认为在那儿应该能找到内存块。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2603,13 +2603,13 @@ msgstr "" "常，否则的话就不行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "高级电源管理" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2623,13 +2623,13 @@ msgstr "" "器。Linux 可以接管所有这些模式的控制权，而且能比 BIOS 的电源管理做得更好。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "固件修订版和已有的 OS 配置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2649,13 +2649,13 @@ msgstr "" "BVMBug boot ROM 不属于 BVM 系统的标准配置，但可用从 BVM 免费获取。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "使用 OpenFireware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2669,7 +2669,7 @@ msgstr "" "关的硬件文档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ msgstr "" "powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> 了解更多提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2708,7 +2708,7 @@ msgstr "" "调制解调器端口连接到另外一台电脑上的终端程序来与 OpenFirmware 交互。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2728,13 +2728,13 @@ msgstr "" "nvram。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "使用 OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ msgstr "" "机做很多事情，如诊断和简单脚本。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>n</keycap> 键得到新风格的提示符。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -2781,7 +2781,7 @@ msgstr "" "档。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " @@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2867,19 +2867,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 或在 Solaris下执行：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "BIOS 设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ msgstr "" "程方式使用。这归因于该系统上的 3215/3270 控制台是线型，而不是字符型的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" "上的 HMC 启动。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -2936,13 +2936,13 @@ msgstr "" "再返回本文档查看 Debian 规格的安装步骤。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "本地化(Native)和 LPAR 安装" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2958,13 +2958,13 @@ msgstr "" "如何为 Linux 建立 LPAR 的部分。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "作为一个 VM guest 安装" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ msgstr "" "如何为运行 Linux 建立 VM guest 的部分。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -2993,13 +2993,13 @@ msgstr "" "是以固定 80 字符记录长度的二近制形式进行传输。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "建立安装服务器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ msgstr "" "HTTP 或 FTP 访问。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3024,19 +3024,19 @@ msgstr "" "立于体系的文件。您也可以复制所有的安装 CD 到这样的目录树中。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "需要留心的硬件问题" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3054,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr "" "当把 CPU 的频率调回它的标称速度后，问题迎刃而解。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3071,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的信号中止运行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" "description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "另外还可以参阅： <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3115,13 +3115,13 @@ msgstr "" "BIOS 的设置里开启相应的选项，好让主板在发现奇偶校验错时发生中断。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "加速(Turbo)开关" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3139,13 +3139,13 @@ msgstr "" "无意中触动加速开关的软件控制。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix 出品的 CPU 和软盘错误" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您继续禁用的话，系统会变慢 <emphasis>很多</emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3172,13 +3172,13 @@ msgstr "" "时，导致高速缓存失效造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "外设硬件的设置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ msgstr "" "一些有用的提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3204,13 +3204,13 @@ msgstr "" "中总内存容量后 1 MB 以上的地址。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "USB BIOS 支持与键盘" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3228,13 +3228,13 @@ msgstr "" "keyboard support</quote>选项。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "大于 64 MB 内存" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3244,13 +3244,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index ae6b10f0a..30ce81897 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-22 22:27+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1118,13 +1118,25 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " -"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " -"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " -"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " -"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " -"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " -"will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "倘若您选择了向导式分区，那么就要从下表所列的几个方式中选择其一。每个方式都 各" "有利弊。在 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>中对它们中的几个有些评价。如果您没" @@ -1133,73 +1145,73 @@ msgstr "" "不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "桌面用机" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "多用户工作站" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1209,23 +1221,32 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " -"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " -"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " -"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" "倘若您为您的 IA64 系统选择了自动分区，那就会另外分出来一个分区。这个分区专门" "为 EFI bootloader 格式化成了 FAT16 的可引导文件系统。同时，菜单里也会有另外的" "一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" @@ -1233,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "作为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1244,29 +1265,31 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:862 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " "into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " "line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " -"system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "分区表格的格式如下： <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -1289,16 +1312,19 @@ msgstr "" "可选的标志、采用的文件系统，及其挂载点(如果有的话)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " -"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "接下来，向导式分区就要完成了。如果您对上面生成的分区信息表感到满意，那么 请在" "菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>分区设定结束并将修改写入磁盘</guimenuitem> 一项，这" @@ -1308,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "划。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1323,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "本节的后面谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1336,8 +1362,8 @@ msgstr "" "中的磁盘条目下会出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>空闲空间</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " "You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " @@ -1351,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" "or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "如果您选中了某块空闲空间，那么就可以在上面新建分区了。接着需要回答一系列简短" "的问题，它们会就分区大小、类型(主分区还是逻辑分区)、以及分区的位置(在空闲空间" @@ -1365,7 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "" "会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1384,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1399,10 +1425,10 @@ msgstr "" "的步骤，直到您改正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." msgstr "" @@ -1410,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1426,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1439,13 +1465,13 @@ msgstr "" "盘上进行的所有操作。此时，安装程序会让您确认 是否就照此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1459,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" "移到或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1476,7 +1502,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然下面是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1494,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "过，您应该查阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1518,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "卷，这是从菜单 <guimenuitem>修改逻辑卷(LV)</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1529,13 +1555,13 @@ msgstr "" "新建的逻辑卷与其他普通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1553,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1566,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1631,101 +1657,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1733,7 +1759,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1743,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1758,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1773,7 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1790,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1801,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1818,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1828,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1844,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" "当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1857,13 +1883,13 @@ msgstr "" "的新 MD 设备并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "建立系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -1871,13 +1897,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "配置您的时区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -1889,13 +1915,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "配置时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -1907,7 +1933,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -1923,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr "" "设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -1935,19 +1961,19 @@ msgstr "" "或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，设置时钟到当前的时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -1960,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" "管理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -1974,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -1985,13 +2011,13 @@ msgstr "" "理员，否则您通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2004,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2022,7 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "这方面的内容，建议您找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2034,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" "要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2044,13 +2070,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2062,13 +2088,13 @@ msgstr "" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系统安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2083,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2094,7 +2120,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2106,13 +2132,13 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2126,13 +2152,13 @@ msgstr "" "许比安装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2161,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr "" "的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2176,13 +2202,13 @@ msgstr "" "list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查它并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2197,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2227,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2237,7 +2263,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 将安装您选中的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2245,7 +2271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2257,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr "" "择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2270,13 +2296,13 @@ msgstr "" "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2290,7 +2316,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2304,7 +2330,7 @@ msgstr "" "送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2314,13 +2340,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "互联网站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2332,13 +2358,13 @@ msgstr "" "会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 发信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2354,13 +2380,13 @@ msgstr "" "将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "仅在本地投递" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2376,13 +2402,13 @@ msgstr "" "题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "现在不进行配置" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2395,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr "" "工具发来的重要信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2410,13 +2436,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的资料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2429,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2442,13 +2468,13 @@ msgstr "" "它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2462,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" "计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2476,13 +2502,13 @@ msgstr "" "理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2502,13 +2528,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2523,19 +2549,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2546,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手来说是个不错的缺省选择。对老鸟来说，它也同样适合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2558,7 +2584,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2568,13 +2594,13 @@ msgstr "" "动引导器。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2590,7 +2616,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2603,7 +2629,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2611,13 +2637,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择来安装 <command>LILO</command> 启动加载器：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2625,13 +2651,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2642,13 +2668,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2665,7 +2691,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2681,13 +2707,13 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2712,7 +2738,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -2727,13 +2753,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -2749,13 +2775,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -2781,13 +2807,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -2798,13 +2824,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -2817,13 +2843,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -2836,13 +2862,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -2853,13 +2879,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -2872,13 +2898,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -2918,13 +2944,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -2932,13 +2958,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -2947,13 +2973,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2961,13 +2987,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2977,13 +3003,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3009,13 +3035,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3025,20 +3051,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3046,13 +3072,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3062,7 +3088,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3072,19 +3098,19 @@ msgstr "" "认的设置，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3102,13 +3128,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3121,13 +3147,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3142,13 +3168,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3175,13 +3201,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用启动引导器继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3197,7 +3223,7 @@ msgstr "" "护，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3216,13 +3242,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3230,13 +3256,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3248,7 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "" "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的任务，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3261,13 +3287,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3278,13 +3304,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3295,7 +3321,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3309,13 +3335,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3336,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3352,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自动完成与历史纪录。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3369,13 +3395,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> 返回菜单。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3390,7 +3416,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3410,7 +3436,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3418,7 +3444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3438,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3449,7 +3475,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3477,7 +3503,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3493,7 +3519,7 @@ msgstr "" "再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3510,7 +3536,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3523,7 +3549,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3531,3 +3557,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "另外，如果您在 X 终端下运行 ssh 会话，也不要改变窗口大小，它可能会造成连接中" "止。" + +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "桌面用机" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "多用户工作站" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po index dc2ece531..54c4f0de1 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 13:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:49+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -579,149 +579,149 @@ msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "它們在系統上的順序" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:444 +#: preparing.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "是 IDE 還是 SCSI(大多數電腦上是 IDE)" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:448 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)." msgstr "是 IDE 還是 SCSI(大多數電腦上是 IDE)" # index.docbook:445, index.docbook:497 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:449 preparing.xml:501 +#: preparing.xml:450 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:450 +#: preparing.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "分割區。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:452 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "安裝有其他作業系統的分割區。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:456 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "顯示器" # index.docbook:453, index.docbook:473, index.docbook:479, index.docbook:485 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:483 preparing.xml:489 +#: preparing.xml:458 preparing.xml:478 preparing.xml:484 preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "型號與製造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:459 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "支援的解析度。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "水平掃瞄頻率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:461 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "垂直掃瞄頻率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:463 +#: preparing.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "支援的顏色深度(顏色數)" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "螢幕大小。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:468 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "滑鼠" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:469 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "類型：序列、PS/2 或 USB。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "埠。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 +#: preparing.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "製造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:473 +#: preparing.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "按鍵數。" # index.docbook:472, index.docbook:500 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:477 preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "網路" # index.docbook:475, index.docbook:501 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:479 preparing.xml:505 +#: preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:506 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "適配器類型。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:482 +#: preparing.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "印表機" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:485 +#: preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "支援的印表機解析度。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "顯示卡" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 +#: preparing.xml:492 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "可用顯示記憶體" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:493 +#: preparing.xml:494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -729,37 +729,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "支援的解析度和顏色數 (還需檢驗您顯示器的能力)。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:498 +#: preparing.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:499 +#: preparing.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "設備編號。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:507 +#: preparing.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "設備編號。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "OSA 卡的相對應適配器編號。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:517 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "硬體相容性" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:518 +#: preparing.xml:519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" "改善。 然而，Linux 仍然不能像某些作業系統那樣可以在各種不同的硬體上運行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:524 +#: preparing.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "特別的是，Linux 通常不能驅動那些需要在某些 Windows 版本上才能運作的硬體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:529 +#: preparing.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" "上。 因此，它們很快就會被廢棄。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:536 +#: preparing.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -802,19 +802,19 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:541 +#: preparing.xml:542 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "您可以透過以下方式檢驗硬體相容性：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:546 +#: preparing.xml:547 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "檢查製造商的網站來得到新的驅動程式。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ msgstr "" "式或設定。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:558 +#: preparing.xml:559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -832,19 +832,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "檢查您電腦架構的 Linux 相容性列表網站。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:564 +#: preparing.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "搜索網際網路尋找其他使用者的經驗。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:575 +#: preparing.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "網路設置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:577 +#: preparing.xml:578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -855,31 +855,31 @@ msgstr "" "連接)，您需要向您的網路系統管理員咨詢這項資料。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:584 +#: preparing.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "您的主機名(也許可以自己決定)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:589 +#: preparing.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "您的網網域名稱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:594 +#: preparing.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "您電腦的 IP 位址。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "您網路的網路遮罩。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" "預設路由閘道的 IP 位址，如果您的網路<emphasis>有</emphasis>閘道器的話。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:610 +#: preparing.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您的網路中作為 DNS (網域名稱稱服務) 伺服器的系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:618 +#: preparing.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -908,31 +908,31 @@ msgstr "" "需瞭解這項資料，因為 DHCP 伺服器會在安裝過程中直接提供。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "如果您有一個無線網路，您應該找出：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:630 +#: preparing.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "您無線網路的 ESSID。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:635 +#: preparing.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "WEP 安全金鑰 (如果可用)。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:652 +#: preparing.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "滿足最低的硬體要求" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:653 +#: preparing.xml:654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" "償的安裝系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:659 +#: preparing.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" "建議的話，多數使用者會安裝失敗。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:665 +#: preparing.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" "建議配備。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:670 +#: preparing.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "間就能完成安裝。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:675 +#: preparing.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -984,85 +984,85 @@ msgstr "" "伺服器的話，建議至少要 132 Mhz 的機器才行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:684 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "建議的最低系統需求" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "安裝類別" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>記憶體</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:688 +#: preparing.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "硬碟" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:694 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "無桌面系統" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:695 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:696 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:698 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "有桌面系統" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:700 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 GB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:702 +#: preparing.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:704 +#: preparing.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 GB" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1073,13 +1073,13 @@ msgstr "" "list\"/> 以瞭解各類軟體需要佔多大的硬碟空間。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:720 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "標準伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:720 +#: preparing.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1092,13 +1092,13 @@ msgstr "" "些服務總共需要 100MB 磁碟空間，您還需要另外算上服務所需資料所佔用的空間。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:732 +#: preparing.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:733 +#: preparing.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1109,13 +1109,13 @@ msgstr "" "體套件將總共需要約 2G 空間，儘管也可以不需要這麼多。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:743 +#: preparing.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "工作控制台" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:744 +#: preparing.xml:745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1126,13 +1126,13 @@ msgstr "" "型電腦或者手提電腦。其所需空間約為 140MB。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:754 +#: preparing.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "開發人員" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:755 +#: preparing.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ msgstr "" "類機器規劃出約 800MB 空間。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:765 +#: preparing.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1167,13 +1167,13 @@ msgstr "" "給 <filename>/var</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:789 +#: preparing.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "為多重開機系統事先分割磁碟" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:790 +#: preparing.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "" "傢俱，不會對其它房間有任何影響。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:797 +#: preparing.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" "客。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:803 +#: preparing.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "明。最起碼，您要為 Debian 的根目錄準備一個專用的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:830 +#: preparing.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>分割工具軟體總會提供一種辦法讓您查看現有的分割區情況，而不作任何改動。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:840 +#: preparing.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1255,13 +1255,13 @@ msgstr "" "最好在把擋路的傢俱都移開，否則就要冒著傢俱被破壞的危險。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:850 +#: preparing.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:852 +#: preparing.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "" "建的分割區程式會漂亮地完成這個任務。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:859 +#: preparing.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以有幾個辦法可選，例如原先系統的安裝磁帶或光碟。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" "先切割好分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:884 +#: preparing.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 安裝程式中的分割工具來重新調整檔案系統的大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:890 +#: preparing.xml:891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "" "自身的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:902 +#: preparing.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr "" "能會慫恿您重新格式化不屬於它們自己的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:910 +#: preparing.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "夠幫您免除這些煩惱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:915 +#: preparing.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "" "之。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:927 +#: preparing.xml:928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1399,13 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "" "您希望能多重開機原有的作業系統和 Debian，那麼您就需要：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:934 +#: preparing.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "備份電腦裡所有的資料。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:939 +#: preparing.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 MacOS 系統。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1428,13 +1428,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，或者騰出一塊空間。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:956 +#: preparing.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "把原有作業系統安裝到屬於它的新分割區上。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:961 +#: preparing.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1442,19 +1442,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "開機到原有作業系統，以確保一切正常，再下載 Debian 安裝程式的開機檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:967 +#: preparing.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "啟動 Debian 安裝程式，並繼續安裝 Debian。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:981 +#: preparing.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Tru64 UNIX 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "而 <filename>sda5</filename> 是在 Linux 裡的名稱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:994 +#: preparing.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" "到 Debian 之下。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1007 +#: preparing.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" "上，否則資料會破壞。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1016 +#: preparing.xml:1017 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "令之前。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1025 +#: preparing.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1542,13 +1542,13 @@ msgstr "" "系統類型，UFS 和 AdvFS，而 Linux 只能識別前者。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1034 +#: preparing.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Windows NT 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1036 +#: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "個標誌會破壞該分割區上的資料。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1585,13 +1585,13 @@ msgstr "" "上已經有 MILO，或者從其他媒介安裝，Debian 仍然可以從 ARC 開機。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1066 +#: preparing.xml:1067 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "DOS 或 Windows 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1067 +#: preparing.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ msgstr "" "Windows 分割，一般來說，Linux 的分割軟體會做得更好。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1075 +#: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1622,13 +1622,13 @@ msgstr "" "524 MB)。為此，您可能需要移動硬碟上的 FAT 或 NTFS 分割區。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1089 +#: preparing.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "在 DOS、Win-32 或者 OS/2 下的無害分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1092 +#: preparing.xml:1093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" "調整大小的分割區，指定新的大小。在多數情況下您毋須使用下面說明的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" "置換分割區或者放置檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1113 +#: preparing.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "" "空間大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1122 +#: preparing.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>請先做一張開機片並好好閱讀該文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1135 +#: preparing.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "VFAT 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1145 +#: preparing.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>a:\\fips</filename> 然後按照提示操作。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1151 +#: preparing.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1746,13 +1746,13 @@ msgstr "" "遣。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1159 +#: preparing.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "DOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1161 +#: preparing.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "DOS 或 Windows 中發現的各種古怪的錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1169 +#: preparing.xml:1170 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1781,19 +1781,19 @@ msgstr "" "這麼做：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1187 +#: preparing.xml:1188 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "AmigaOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1188 +#: preparing.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1803,13 +1803,13 @@ msgstr "" "整您的分割區。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1196 +#: preparing.xml:1197 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Atari TOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1197 +#: preparing.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" "混亂，使得整個磁碟無法使用。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1208 +#: preparing.xml:1209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "" "自 Hard+Soft GmBH)的說明。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1217 +#: preparing.xml:1218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> 選單中的 <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1223 +#: preparing.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "" "則 <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> 大概是最佳選擇。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1233 +#: preparing.xml:1234 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ msgstr "" "儲存並離開視窗。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1245 +#: preparing.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "並離開視窗。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1255 +#: preparing.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"device-names\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1261 +#: preparing.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "過您需要備份磁碟上的所有資料，不是嗎？)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1273 +#: preparing.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -1946,13 +1946,13 @@ msgstr "" "具。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1288 +#: preparing.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "MacOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1289 +#: preparing.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ msgstr "" "於 <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1300 +#: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -1986,13 +1986,13 @@ msgstr "" "可以從 MkLinux FTP 伺服器取得。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1316 +#: preparing.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "SunOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1318 +#: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2013,13 +2013,13 @@ msgstr "" "(CDROM) 分割區開機 Linux 和 SunOS。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1333 +#: preparing.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Linux 或其他 OS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1335 +#: preparing.xml:1336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" "現。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2053,13 +2053,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1362 +#: preparing.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "MacOS/OSX 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1364 +#: preparing.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Drive Setup</application> 中。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1371 +#: preparing.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ msgstr "" "類型無關緊要，在後面的 &debian; 安裝程式中，它會被刪除並替換。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1377 +#: preparing.xml:1378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" "X 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1390 +#: preparing.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2126,13 +2126,13 @@ msgstr "" "援。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1410 +#: preparing.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "安裝前硬體和作業系統的相關設定" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1411 +#: preparing.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2150,13 +2150,13 @@ msgstr "" "些硬體問題，您系統上這些硬體問題在將會影響到 &debian; 的可靠性。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1428 +#: preparing.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "使用 BIOS 設定選單" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1430 +#: preparing.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ msgstr "" "常性的系統當機或者根本無法安裝 Debian。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1439 +#: preparing.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2184,25 +2184,25 @@ msgstr "" "quote>) 設定選單取決於 BIOS 軟體的作者是誰：" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1454 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1454 +#: preparing.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "在 POST (開機自檢) 過程中按 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 鍵" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1462 +#: preparing.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1463 +#: preparing.xml:1464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2212,25 +2212,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>，或 <keycap>Delete</keycap>鍵" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1472 +#: preparing.xml:1473 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1473 +#: preparing.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "在 POST 過程中按 <keycap>Esc</keycap>鍵" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1480 +#: preparing.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1481 +#: preparing.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2242,13 +2242,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1496 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1496 +#: preparing.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo> 或 <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1512 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ msgstr "" "invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1517 +#: preparing.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2286,13 +2286,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1522, index.docbook:1865 #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1528 preparing.xml:1872 +#: preparing.xml:1529 preparing.xml:1873 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "選擇開機設備" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1530 +#: preparing.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ msgstr "" "從軟碟或者光碟機開機。這是安裝 Debian 最常用的兩個開機設備。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1541 +#: preparing.xml:1542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟機啟動系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1548 +#: preparing.xml:1549 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a " @@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> 開機。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1556 +#: preparing.xml:1557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2348,13 +2348,13 @@ msgstr "" "來的開機順序，這樣，您就能像以前一樣從硬碟開機了。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1565 +#: preparing.xml:1566 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "修改 IDE 介面電腦的開機順序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1568 +#: preparing.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ msgstr "" "關文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1575 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2376,19 +2376,19 @@ msgstr "" "關。不管如何，您要找的是列有設備的欄位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1580 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "對 IDE 機器而言，列表裡常見的選項是 C、A、cdrom 或者 A、C、cdrom。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1585 +#: preparing.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C 就是硬碟，而 A 則是軟碟機。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1591 +#: preparing.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> 或者 <keycap>Page Down</keycap> 鍵能夠循環地切換可能的選項。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2407,20 +2407,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "然後，儲存您對設定的修改。螢幕上的提示會告訴您如何才能儲存您的設定。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1609 +#: preparing.xml:1610 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "修改 SCSI 介面電腦的開機順序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "當您的電腦開機時，可以按某些鍵進入 SCSI 的設定軟體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1618 +#: preparing.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" "提示的時候啟動 SCSI 設定軟體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1624 +#: preparing.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2442,20 +2442,20 @@ msgstr "" "的相關文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "尋找用來修改開機順序的工具軟體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1637 +#: preparing.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "透過這個工具軟體修改設定，讓光碟機的 SCSI ID 排在列表的首位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1643 +#: preparing.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2465,19 +2465,19 @@ msgstr "" "需要按 <keycap>F10</keycap>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "其餘的 BIOS 設定項目" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1659 +#: preparing.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "CD-ROM 的設定" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1660 +#: preparing.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2490,13 +2490,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 的錯誤提示，那麼就有可能是您的設定有問題。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1670 +#: preparing.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "延伸記憶體與擴充記憶體" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2509,13 +2509,13 @@ msgstr "" "體設定得盡量小。Linux 需要使用延伸記憶體，但無法利用擴充記憶體。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1681 +#: preparing.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "病毒保護" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1682 +#: preparing.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2537,13 +2537,13 @@ msgstr "" "</para> </footnote>" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1703 +#: preparing.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "記憶體映像" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1704 +#: preparing.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2565,13 +2565,13 @@ msgstr "" "用更多的常規記憶體。而繼續開啟記憶體映像則有可能妨礙 Linux 存取硬體設備。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1721 +#: preparing.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "記憶體空洞" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1722 +#: preparing.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" "它。如果您有那麼多記憶體的話，Linux 就會認為在那兒應該能找到記憶體區塊。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1728 +#: preparing.xml:1729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2601,13 +2601,13 @@ msgstr "" "定，則一切正常，否則就不行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1744 +#: preparing.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "進階電源管理" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1745 +#: preparing.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2621,13 +2621,13 @@ msgstr "" "定時器。Linux 可以接管這些模式的控制權，而且能比 BIOS 的電源管理做得更好。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1763 +#: preparing.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "韌體修訂版和既有的 OS 設定" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1765 +#: preparing.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2647,13 +2647,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot ROM。BVMBug boot ROM 不屬於 BVM 系統的標準配置，但可用從 BVM 免費取得。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1788 +#: preparing.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "使用 OpenFireware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1789 +#: preparing.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ msgstr "" "電腦手冊中相關的硬體文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1797 +#: preparing.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2684,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" "powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> 取得更多提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1806 +#: preparing.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr "" "器連接埠連接到另外一台電腦上的終端程式來與 OpenFirmware 交互。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1819 +#: preparing.xml:1820 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2726,13 +2726,13 @@ msgstr "" "nvram。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1839 +#: preparing.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "使用 OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1841 +#: preparing.xml:1842 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "做很多事情如診斷，簡單腳本，等等。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1849 +#: preparing.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -2765,7 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "" "下 <keycap>n</keycap> 鍵得到新風格的提示符號。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1861 +#: preparing.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -2779,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1884 +#: preparing.xml:1885 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as " @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenBoot Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1907 +#: preparing.xml:1908 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2865,19 +2865,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 或在 Solaris下執行：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1926 +#: preparing.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1936 +#: preparing.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "BIOS 設置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1937 +#: preparing.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "" "方式使用。這歸因於該系統上的 3215/3270 控制台是線性，而不是字元型的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -2914,7 +2914,7 @@ msgstr "" "機。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1959 +#: preparing.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -2934,13 +2934,13 @@ msgstr "" "本文件查看 Debian 規格的安裝步驟。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1976 +#: preparing.xml:1977 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "本地的 (Native) 和 LPAR 安裝" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1977 +#: preparing.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2956,13 +2956,13 @@ msgstr "" "如何為 Linux 建立 LPAR 的部分。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1991 +#: preparing.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "以一個 VM guest 安裝" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1993 +#: preparing.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr "" "如何為運行 Linux 建立 VM guest 的部分。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2003 +#: preparing.xml:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -2991,13 +2991,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 是以固定 80 個字元長度的二進位形式進行傳輸。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2015 +#: preparing.xml:2016 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "設置安裝伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2017 +#: preparing.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS，HTTP 或 FTP 存取。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2025 +#: preparing.xml:2026 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3022,19 +3022,19 @@ msgstr "" "和一些獨立於架構的檔案。您也可以複製所有的安裝光碟片到這樣的目錄樹中。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2034 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2040 +#: preparing.xml:2041 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "需要留意的硬體問題" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2041 +#: preparing.xml:2042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ msgstr "" "調回標準速度後，問題迎刃而解。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2051 +#: preparing.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3069,7 +3069,7 @@ msgstr "" "中止執行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2061 +#: preparing.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@ msgstr "" "more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2073 +#: preparing.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3102,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr "" "的記憶體。另外還可以參閱 <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2084 +#: preparing.xml:2085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3113,13 +3113,13 @@ msgstr "" "在 BIOS 的設定裡開啟相應的選項，好讓主機板在發現奇偶檢驗錯時送出中斷呼叫。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2092 +#: preparing.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "加速 (Turbo) 開關" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2093 +#: preparing.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3137,13 +3137,13 @@ msgstr "" "備)時，會無意觸動加速開關的軟體控制。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2107 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix 處理器和軟碟錯誤" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2107 +#: preparing.xml:2108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您繼續停用，系統會變慢<emphasis>很多</emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2115 +#: preparing.xml:2116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3170,13 +3170,13 @@ msgstr "" "元模式時，導致高速快取失效造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2125 +#: preparing.xml:2126 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "周邊硬體的設置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2126 +#: preparing.xml:2127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ msgstr "" "的提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2133 +#: preparing.xml:2134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3202,13 +3202,13 @@ msgstr "" "到您系統中總記憶體 1 MB 以後的位址。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2144 +#: preparing.xml:2145 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "USB BIOS 支援與鍵盤" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2145 +#: preparing.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3226,13 +3226,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB keyboard support</quote> 選項。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "大於 64 MB 的記憶體" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2159 +#: preparing.xml:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3242,13 +3242,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2168 +#: preparing.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2169 +#: preparing.xml:2170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index d0e34e695..f665e4be9 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-21 12:48+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-06-24 19:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1116,13 +1116,25 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " -"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " -"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " -"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " -"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " -"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " -"will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " +"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " +"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " +"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " +"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " +"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " +"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " +"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " +"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " +"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "倘若您選擇了嚮導式分割，那麼就要從下表所列的幾個方式中選擇其一。每個方式都各" "有利弊。在 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> 中對它們中的有這幾個方式的評價。" @@ -1131,73 +1143,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:809 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Desktop machine" -msgstr "桌面電腦" +#: using-d-i.xml:819 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Separate /home partition" +msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:821 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multi-user workstation" -msgstr "多使用者工作站" +msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1207,23 +1219,32 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:826 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " -"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " -"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " -"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " +"a separate /boot partition. The other partitions, except for the swap " +"partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" "倘若您為您的 IA64 系統選擇了自動分割區，那就會另外分出來一個分割區。這個分割" "區專門為 EFI bootloader 格式化成 FAT16 的可開機檔案系統。同時，選單裡也將有另" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:834 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" @@ -1231,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr "" "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1243,29 +1264,31 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:846 +#: using-d-i.xml:862 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" -" #1 primary 16.4 MB ext2 /boot\n" -" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" -" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" -" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" +" #1 primary 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" +" #2 primary 551.0 MB swap swap\n" +" #3 primary 5.8 GB ntfs\n" +" pri/log 8.2 MB FREE SPACE\n" "\n" " IDE1 slave (hdb) - 80.0 GB ST380021A\n" -" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" -" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" -" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" -" #5 logical 6.0 GB ext3 /\n" -" #6 logical 1.0 GB ext3 /var\n" -" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" -" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" -" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" +" #1 primary 15.9 MB ext3\n" +" #2 primary 996.0 MB fat16\n" +" #3 primary 3.9 GB xfs /home\n" +" #5 logical 6.0 GB f ext3 /\n" +" #6 logical 1.0 GB f ext3 /var\n" +" #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" +" #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" +" #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" "</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " "into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " "line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " -"system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning)." msgstr "" "分割區表格的格式如下： <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -1288,16 +1311,19 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:875 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " "generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " "and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " "partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" -"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " -"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +"guimenuitem><footnote> <para> If you selected guided partitioning using LVM, " +"you will not be able to undo all changes made as some changes will already " +"have been committed to the hard disk. The installer will warn you before " +"that happens though. </para> </footnote> and run guided partitioning again, " +"or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" "接下來，嚮導式分割區就要完成了。如果您對上面產生的分割區資訊表感到滿意，那麼" "請在選單中選擇<guimenuitem>結束磁碟分割作業並將變更寫入磁碟中</guimenuitem> " @@ -1307,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:868 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1322,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1335,8 +1361,8 @@ msgstr "" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " "You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " @@ -1350,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "" "or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "如果您選中了某塊未使用空間，那麼就可以在上面新建分割區了。接著需要回答一系列" "簡短的問題，如分割區大小、類型 (主分割區還是邏輯分割區)、以及分割區的位置 (在" @@ -1364,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1383,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:913 +#: using-d-i.xml:940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1398,10 +1424,10 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:948 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" "command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " "one." msgstr "" @@ -1409,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1425,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1438,13 +1464,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:963 +#: using-d-i.xml:990 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1458,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1476,7 +1502,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1494,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1519,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" "</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1530,13 +1556,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1023 +#: using-d-i.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1024 +#: using-d-i.xml:1051 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1554,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1038 +#: using-d-i.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1567,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1073 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1632,101 +1658,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 using-d-i.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1138 +#: using-d-i.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 +#: using-d-i.xml:1171 using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1172 using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1146 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1177 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1151 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1154 +#: using-d-i.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1734,7 +1760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1162 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1744,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1759,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1774,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1790,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1801,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1818,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1828,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1844,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1857,13 +1883,13 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -1871,13 +1897,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "設定您的時區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -1887,13 +1913,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -1903,7 +1929,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -1915,7 +1941,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -1925,19 +1951,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#: using-d-i.xml:1344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -1950,7 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -1964,7 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -1975,13 +2001,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1370 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -1993,7 +2019,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2011,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2023,7 +2049,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2033,13 +2059,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1409 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2051,13 +2077,13 @@ msgstr "" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1396 +#: using-d-i.xml:1423 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系統安裝" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2072,7 +2098,7 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1435 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2083,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2095,13 +2121,13 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1454 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#: using-d-i.xml:1455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2112,13 +2138,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2138,7 +2164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#: using-d-i.xml:1495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2150,13 +2176,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1484 +#: using-d-i.xml:1511 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2168,7 +2194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2188,7 +2214,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2198,7 +2224,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2206,7 +2232,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2216,7 +2242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2226,13 +2252,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2246,7 +2272,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1561 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2259,7 +2285,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵件發送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1569 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2269,13 +2295,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "網際網路站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2287,13 +2313,13 @@ msgstr "" "詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1617 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 發信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2309,13 +2335,13 @@ msgstr "" "程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用者。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "僅在本地發送" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2331,13 +2357,13 @@ msgstr "" "問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1618 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "現在不進行設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2350,7 +2376,7 @@ msgstr "" "具發出的重要資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1630 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2365,13 +2391,13 @@ msgstr "" "料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1672 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2384,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1655 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2398,13 +2424,13 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1697 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1672 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2418,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2432,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1698 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2457,13 +2483,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1719 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1720 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2478,19 +2504,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1741 +#: using-d-i.xml:1768 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2501,7 +2527,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2513,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1755 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2524,13 +2550,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1796 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2546,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2559,7 +2585,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1789 +#: using-d-i.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2567,13 +2593,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1796 +#: using-d-i.xml:1823 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2581,13 +2607,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2598,13 +2624,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2621,7 +2647,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2637,13 +2663,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2668,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -2683,13 +2709,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1871 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1873 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -2705,13 +2731,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1890 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -2737,13 +2763,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1912 +#: using-d-i.xml:1939 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -2754,13 +2780,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -2773,13 +2799,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1960 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1934 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -2792,13 +2818,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1947 +#: using-d-i.xml:1974 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -2809,13 +2835,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1957 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1958 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -2828,13 +2854,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:2005 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1979 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -2874,13 +2900,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2025 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1999 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -2888,13 +2914,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2007 +#: using-d-i.xml:2034 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -2903,13 +2929,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2016 using-d-i.xml:2085 +#: using-d-i.xml:2043 using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2917,13 +2943,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2025 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2933,13 +2959,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2074 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -2965,13 +2991,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -2981,20 +3007,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3002,13 +3028,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2095 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3018,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3028,19 +3054,19 @@ msgstr "" "預設的開機設定，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2122 +#: using-d-i.xml:2149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3058,13 +3084,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2167 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3078,13 +3104,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3099,13 +3125,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3133,13 +3159,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2202 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2204 +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3155,7 +3181,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3174,13 +3200,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2230 +#: using-d-i.xml:2257 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3188,13 +3214,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2243 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3206,7 +3232,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2252 +#: using-d-i.xml:2279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3219,13 +3245,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2293 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3236,13 +3262,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2280 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3253,7 +3279,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3267,13 +3293,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2309 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3294,7 +3320,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2324 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3310,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3328,13 +3354,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2352 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3346,7 +3372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3360,7 +3386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2377 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3368,7 +3394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2382 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3382,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2394 +#: using-d-i.xml:2421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3391,7 +3417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3410,7 +3436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2417 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3422,7 +3448,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2426 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3435,7 +3461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3446,13 +3472,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " "resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Desktop machine" +#~ msgstr "桌面電腦" + +#~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" +#~ msgstr "多使用者工作站" + #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "在 &d-i; 下執行 <command>base-config</command>" |